Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
14 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
carcā2.6.123FeminineSingularcārcikyam, sthāsakaḥ
manaḥśilā2.9.109FeminineSingularyavāgrajaḥ, ‍pākya
parighaḥ3.3.32MasculineSingularmṛdbhedaḥ, dṛgruk, śikyam
pṛthukaḥ3.3.3MasculineSingularnāgaḥ, vardhakya
śākyamuniḥ1.1.14-15MasculineSingularsarvārthasiddhaḥ, śauddhodaniḥ, gautamaḥ, arkabandhuḥ, māyādevīsutaḥ, śākyasiṃhaḥbuddha
saraḥ3.3.235MasculineSingularprārthanā, autsukyam
yavyam2.9.7MasculineSingularyavakyam, ‍ṣaṣṭikyam
śākyamuniḥ1.1.14-15MasculineSingularsarvārthasiddhaḥ, śauddhodaniḥ, gautamaḥ, arkabandhuḥ, māyādevīsutaḥ, śākyasiṃhaḥbuddha
kyamNeuterSingularsentence
prativākyam1.6.10NeuterSingularuttaraman answer
aṅkya1.7.5MasculineSingularāliṅgyaḥ, ūrdhvakaḥdrum, a synonm of mridanga
kyam2.9.43NeuterSingularbiḍam
‍śikya2.10.30FeminineSingularkācaḥ
māṇikyam3.5.31NeuterSingular
Monier-Williams Search
613 results for kya
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
kyan. (fr. 3. k/a-), anything agreeable to prajā-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyat equals k/iyat- (q.v), how much? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśaṅkyamfn. suspicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśaṅkyamfn. (an-- negative)
abhiṣekyamfn. worthy of inauguration (abhiṣeka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiṣekyamfn. (said of the elephant) used for the inauguration (Prakritabhisekka). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhikyan. (fr. adhika-), excess, abundance, superabundance, high degree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhikyan. overweight, preponderance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhikyan. superiority commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahaitukyan. haitukya
āhrīkyan. shamelessness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikyan. (fr. eka-), oneness, unity, harmony, sameness, identity etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikyan. identity of the human soul or of the universe with the Deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikyan. an aggregate, sum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikyan. (in mathematics) the product of the length and depth of excavations differing in depth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ailākyam. a descendant of elāka- gaRa gargādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ājānikyan. (fr. a-jānika-), the not possessing a wife, (gaRa purohitādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alīkyamfn. "like alīka- ", (gaRa dig-ādi-and vargiyādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alīkyamfn. belonging to falsehood, false View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alokyamf(-)n. unusual, unallowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālokya ind.p. having seen or looked at, beholding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alokya(aloky/a--) f. loss of the other world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amokyamfn. ( muc-), that can not be unloosed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhiṣekya(), mfn. not worthy of inauguration. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anaikyan. (eka-), want of oneness, plurality, the existence of many View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anaikyan. want of union, anarchy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananuvākyamfn. not teaching recitation of the veda-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānarthakyan. (fr. an-arthaka-), uselessness, unprofitableness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānarthakyan. unfitness, impropriety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāstikyan. atheism, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āñjalikyan. fr. añjalika-, (gaRa purohitādi-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkyamfn. fit or proper to be marked or counted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkyam. a small drum ([ see aṅki-]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūkyamfn. (3, 4) belonging to the backbone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūkyamfn. backbone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānunāsikyan. (fr. anu-nāsika-), nasality (of a sound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvākyamfn. to be recited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvākyamfn. to be repeated, reiterated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvākyavat([ ]) ([ ]) mfn. furnished or accompanied with an anuvākyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvaṣṭakyan. a śrāddha- or funeral ceremony performed on the anvaṣṭakā-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyalokyamfn. destined for another world, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparkyapṛṣṭham. a particular ekāha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratarkyamfn. not to be discussed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratarkyamfn. incomprehensible by reason, undefinable
apratiṣekyamfn. (a ceremony) at which there is no pouring upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apṛthagvivekyamfn. not to be distinguished, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āptavākyan. equals āpta-vacana- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āptavākyan. a correct sentence. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apuronuvākyakamfn. without a puronuvākyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyenuvākyamfn. to be recited in the forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārṣikyan. (fr. ṛṣika- gaRa purohitādi- ), the condition of being a ṛṣika- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthaikyan. idem or 'n. congruity or harmony of the purpose (with the thing) ' commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśakyamfn. impossible, impractible etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśakyamfn. impossible to be composed (as a book ) or to be executed (as an order ), not to be overcome, invincible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśakyaf. impossibility (with infinitive mood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśakyatvan. impossibility (with infinitive mood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśaṅkyamfn. not to be mistrusted, secure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśaṅkyamfn. not to be expected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśaṅkya ind.p. having suspected etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsekyaSee sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order 1.
āsekyam. (fr. a-seka-), impotent, a man of slight generative power View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭakyamfn. relating to an aṣṭakā-, (gaRa gav-ādi-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstikyan. (fr. āstika-), belief in God, piety, faithfulness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstikyan. a believing nature or disposition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvisālokyan. attainment of heaven by those who have offered aśva-medha- sacrifices, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātaṅkyamfn. See śṛtātaṅky/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atarkyamfn. in comp.ehensible, surpassing thought or reasoning. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atarkyasahasraśaktim. endowed with a thousand in comp.ehensible powers. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātiraikyan. (fr. ati-reka-), superfluity, redundancy (as of limbs) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aukthikyan. the tradition of the aukthika-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aulūkyam. a descendant of ulūka- gaRa gargādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aulūkyam. a follower of the vaiśeṣika- doctrine (see ulūka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aulūkyadarśanan. Name of the vaiśeṣika- system (erroneously printed aulukya-d-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupānuvākyamfn. (fr. upānuvākya-), contained in the portion of the called upānuvākya-
aupānuvākyakāṇḍan. equals upānuvākya- commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autkyan. (fr. ut-ka-), desire, longing for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autsukyan. (fr. ut-suka-), anxiety, desire, longing for, regret etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autsukyan. eagerness, zeal, fervour, officiousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autsukyan. impatience View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autsukyavatmfn. impatient, waiting impatiently for (dative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avalokyamfn. to be looked at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvikyan. (gaRa purohitādi- ), the state of being or belonging to a sheep. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avimokyamfn. not to be loosened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivākyamfn. indisputable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivākyamfn. Name of the tenth day, of a certain soma- sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahupākyamfn. one at whose house much is cooked (for the poor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāndhukyan. marriage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharatavākyan. "speech of bharata-varṣa-"Name of the last verse or verses of a play (preceded almost always by the words tathādam astu bharata-vākyam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharatavākyan. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣyaviṣayavākyadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūrikṛtrimamāṇikyamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of many imitation rubies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmaikyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇavākyan. equals -vacana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaccāṇakyan. the larger collection of precepts by cāṇakya- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadyājñavalkyam. Name of the larger recension of yama-'s 0law-book View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadyogiyājñavalkyasmṛtif. Name of work, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cākacakyan. equals ujjvala--, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cākacikyan. illusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cālikya equals lukya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cālukyam. Name of a dynasty
cālukyavikramakālam. Name (also title or epithet) of an era established by the Western cālukya- king vikramāditya- VI; (its first year corresponds to the expired śaka- year 998 = D. 1076-77). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāṇakyamfn. made of chick-peas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāṇakyamfn. composed by cāṇakya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāṇakyam. (gaRa gargādi-) patronymic fr. caṇaka- (son of caṇin- ), Name of a minister of candra-gupta- (said to have destroyed the nanda- dynasty;reputed author of -śloka-[q.v.],"the Machiavelli of India") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāṇakyamūlakan. a kind of radish (kauṭilya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāṇakyaślokam. plural cāṇakya-'s śloka-s on morals and principles of government View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candrasālokyan. attainment of the lunar heaven View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāphaṭṭakyam. idem or 'm. patronymic fr. caphaṭṭaka- gaRa taulvaly-ādi-.' gaRa kurv-ādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāppaṭṭakyam. patronymic fr. cappaṭṭaka- gaRa kurv-ādi- () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
carcikyan. equals cārc- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cārcikyan. (equals carc-) smearing the body with unguents View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cārmikyan. the duty of a shield-bearer (carmika-), gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cauḍikyan. the state of being cūḍika- gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cauḍitikyan. idem or 'n. the state of being cūḍika- gaRa purohitādi-.' () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caulukyam. (gaRa kaṇvādi-) patronymic fr. culuka-, Name of king kumāra-pāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chālikyan. equals chalika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chāttrikyan. the office of a parasol-bearer (chattrika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittaikyan. unanimity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
culukyam. Name of a race. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāṇḍakyam. Name of a prince (varia lectio daka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāṇḍikyan. the office of a rod-bearer or policeman (gaRa purohitādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devakyamfn. idem or 'mfn. (gaRa gahādi-) divine, belonging or relating to a divinity ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devakyamfn. godlike, corresponding to the number of the gods (said of the metre anuṣṭubh-) (varia lectio tya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmavivekavākyan. Name of a short poem ascribed to halāyudha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārmikya(gaRa purohitādi-) n. righteousness, justice, virtue. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divyavākyan. a divine voice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draṣṭuśakyamfn. able to be seen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgavākyaprabodham. "knowledge of difficult words", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvākyan. harsh or abusive language View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvāsasovākyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvitarkyamfn. difficult to be discussed or understood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duścikyan. Name of the 3rd lunar mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dustarkyamfn. difficult to be supposed or reasoned about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūtavākyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūtavākyaprabandham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśamahāvākyan. plural "the 12 great words", Name of work on the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśamahāvākyanirṇayam. Name of Comm. on it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśamahāvākyavivaraṇan. Name of Comm. on it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dviṣaṣṭivākyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekavākyan. a single expression or word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekavākyan. a single sentence commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekavākyan. the same sentence, an identical sentence (either by words or meanings) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekavākyan. a speech not contradicted, unanimous speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekavākyaf. (in grammar) the being one sentence. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekavākyaf. unanimity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadgadavākyamfn. idem or 'mfn. (speech) stopped by sobs, ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gālakyajan. a kind of salt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāṇikyan. (fr. gaṇikā-), an assemblage of courtezans
garuḍamāṇikyan. (equals tārkṣya-ratna-) "an emerald" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garuḍamāṇikyamayamfn. consisting of emeralds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmikyan. the condition or life of a grāmika- gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haitukyan. causality, causativeness ( ahaitukya a-haitukya- n."absence of interested motives") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hārdikyam. patronymic of kṛta-varman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hārdikyam. friendship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagṛkyaind. having taken the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitavākyan. equals -vacana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitavākyasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jinamānikyam. Name of a Jain sūri- (A.D. 1493-1556;author of subāhu-purāṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaimarthakyan. asking the reason (kim-artham-,"why?") on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kānthakyam. a descendant of kanthaka- gaRa gargādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāpotapākyam. a prince of the kapotapāka-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārmikyan. (fr. karmika-), activity, industry gaRa purokitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇaveṣṭakyamfn. belonging or relating to an ear-ring gaRa apūpādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭakyamfn. idem or 'mfn. belonging to a mat or string etc. gaRa apūpādi- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāthakyam. idem or 'm. a son or descendant of kathaka- ' gaRa gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khādākyafr. khadākā- gaRa kurv-ādi- (; ṣāḍāk- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khāṇḍikyam. Name of janaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khāṇḍikyam. of mita-dhvaja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khāṇḍikyan. (fr. khaṇḍika-), the state of a pupil (?) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khāṇḍikyajanakam. Name of janaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṭapākyamfn. idem or 'mfn. () ripening in cultivated ground, sown or ripening after ploughing (as rice etc.), cultivated (as plants) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣaudrakyam. patronymic fr. (or a servant of) ka- Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣaudrakyamfn. small View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhīpākyamfn. boiled in a jar, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuvākyan. injurious or censorious language View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghucāṇakyarājanītif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvākyavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvākyavṛttiprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīvākyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laukyamfn. belonging to the world, mundane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laukyamfn. extended through the world, generally diffused View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laukyamfn. general, usual, common, commonplace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laukyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokyamf(ā-)n. granting a free sphere of action, bestowing freedom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokyamf(ā-)n. diffused over the world, world-wide (Calcutta edition loukya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokyamf(ā-)n. conducive to the attainment of a better world, heavenly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokyamf(ā-)n. customary, ordinary. correct, right, real, actual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokyamf(ā-)n. usual, every-day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokyan. free space or sphere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokyata(lokya-) f. the attainment of a better world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhuparkyamfn. worthy of the honey offering, gaRa daṇḍādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābalaśākyam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśakyam. wrong reading for -śākya- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśākyam. a great or noble śākya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyan. any long continuous composition or literary work ( mahāvākyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyan. a principal sentence, great proposition, Name of 12 sacred utterances of the upaniṣad-s (exempli gratia, 'for example' tat tvam asi-, aham brahmāsmi-etc., especially of the mystic words tattvam-and om-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyan. Name of an upaniṣad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyadarpaṇam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyamantropadeśapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyamuktāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyanyāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyapañcīkaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyaratnāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyaratnāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyatvan. mahāvākya
mahāvākyavicāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyavivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyavivekārthasākṣivivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandautsukyamfn. having little inclination for (prati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇḍūkya(prob. fr. māṇḍūka-), in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇḍūkyaśrutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṅgalikyamfn. auspicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṅgalikyan. (prob.) an auspicious object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyan. ruby etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyam. (with sūri-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyacandram. Name of a prince (patron of keśava-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyacandram. (with sūri-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyacandrakam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyadevam. Name of a grammarian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyamālāf. Name of works. (See praśna-and v/ṛttam-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyamallam. Name of a prince (patron of manohara-śarman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyamayamf(ī-)n. made or consisting of rubies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyamisram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyamukham. Name of men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyamukuṭam. Name of men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyapuñjam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyaratnam. Name of men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyarāya m. Name of men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇikyasūrim. Name of men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maukyan. (fr. mūka-) dumbness, speechlessness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maulikyan. (fr. mūlika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miṣṭavākyamfn. speaking pleasantly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyāvākyan. a false statement, lie View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mokyaSee a-moky/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛṣṭavākyamfn. speaking sweetly (varia lectio miṣṭa-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
munivākyan. a muni-s's saying or doctrine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naicakyam. patronymic fr. nicaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārīvākyan. the word of a wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsikyamf(ā-)n. being in or coming from the nose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsikyamf(ā-)n. uttered through the nose, nasal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsikyam. any nasal sound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsikyam. a particular nasal sound related to the so-called yama-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsikyam. dual number the two aśvin-s (equals nāsatyau-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsikyam. plural Name of a people in dakṣiṇā-patha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsikyan. the nose (also -ka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsikyan. Name of a town Va1rtt. 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāstikyan. idem or 'n. () disbelief, atheism' (with karmaṇām-,denying the consequence of works) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirāśaṅkyamfn. not to be apprehended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvākyamf(ā-)n. speechless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistarkyamfn. unimaginable, inconceivable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣṭarkyamfn. ( tark-; see tarku-) to be opened by unscrewing or loosened by untwisting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nītivākyan. plural words of wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyākyan. fried rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyūnādhikyan. want or surplus (exempli gratia, 'for example' of an organ)
okyamfn. fit for or belonging to a home View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
okyan. equals /okas- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavākyaratnākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavākyaratnākarakārikāsaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paiṇḍikyan. (fr. piṇḍika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyamfn. fit to cook, eatable (see bahu--.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyamfn. obtained by cooking or evaporation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyamfn. ripening (See kṛṣṭa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. (sc. lavaṇa-) a kind of salt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyam. saltpetre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pālaṅkyanf. incense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pālaṅkyan. Beta Bengalensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāpalokyamf(ā-)n. belonging to it, hellish, infernal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārakyamfn. equals parakīya-, belonging to another or a stranger, alien (opp. to sva-), hostile etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārakyam. an enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāralokyamfn. (-loka-) relating to the next world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paravākyan. words referring to something else, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārṇavalkyam. patronymic fr. parṇa-valka- gaRa gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārṣikyan. (fr. parṣika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthakyan. (fr. pṛthak-) severalty, difference, variety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāyavākyan. similar words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāthikyan. (fr. pathika-) gaRa śivādi- and purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāttrikyan. (fr. pattrika-) gaRa purohitādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pautikyan. gaRa purohitādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pautināsikyan. fetor of the nostrils View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pautrikyan. (fr. putrika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalavākyan. promise of reward commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piśunavākyan. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācikyan. fr. pracika- gaRa purohitādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramāṇavākyan. authoritative statement authority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśakyamfn. one who does his utmost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnamāṇīkyamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratarkyaSee a-pratarkya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratijñānavākyan. Name of pariśiṣṭa- of the white yajur-veda- . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātikyan. (fr. pratika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣekyamfn. accompanied by the act of besprinkling or moistening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativākyan. an answer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativākyamfn. answerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativākyamind. in every sentence
pṛthukyamfn. (fr. pṛthuka-) gaRa apūpādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvavākyan. (in dramatic language) an allusion to a former utterance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raicīkyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyamfn. coming or descended from raka- gaRa śaṇḍikādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmātmaikyaprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmatrailokyamohanakavacan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṅgamāṇikyan. a ruby View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rokyan. blood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rucidattabhāskyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpakavākyan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhasikyan. rashness, foolhardiness, temerity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhasikyan. violence, force View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapākyam. "boiled a thousand times", (with sneha-) a particular kind of oil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahavaiśikyamfn. with the vaiśikya-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaikyamfn. (fr. śikya-) suspended in the loop of a yoke (or m."a kind of sling" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaikyamfn. damasked (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaikyamfn. pointed (for śaikhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saikyamfn. (fr. seka-) connected with or dependent on sprinkling or watering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śailikyam. equals sarva-liṅgin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śailikyan. (fr. śilika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākarṇakyamfn. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. sakarṇaka-) gaRa pakhādi-.') gaRa saṃkaśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākṣātpuruṣottamavākyan. Name of work by vallabhācārya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyamf(ā-)n. able, possible, practicable, capable of being (with infinitive mood in pass. sense exempli gratia, 'for example' na sā śakyā netum balāt-,"she cannot be conducted by force"; tan mayā śakyam pratśpattum-,"that is able to be acquired by me";the form śakyam-may also be used with a Nominal verb case which is in a different gender or number exempli gratia, 'for example' śakyaṃ śva-māṃsādibhir api kṣut pratihantum-,"hunger can be appeased even by dog's flesh etc."; see ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyamf(ā-)n. to be conquered or subdued, liable to be compelled to (infinitive mood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyamf(ā-)n. explicit, direct, literal (as the meaning of a word or sentence, opp. to lakṣya-and vyaṅgya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyamfn. derived or descended from the śaka-s (= śakā abhijano 'sya-) gaRa śaṇḍikādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyam. Name of a tribe of landowners and kṣatriya-s in kapila-vastu- (from whom gautama-, the founder of Buddhism, was descended) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyam. Name of gautama- buddha- himself View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyam. of his father śuddhodana- (son of saṃjaya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyam. a Buddhist mendicant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyam. patronymic fr. śaka- gaRa gargādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyam. patronymic fr. śāka-, or śākin- gaRa kurv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyabhikṣum. a Buddhist monk or mendicant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyabhikṣukam. idem or 'm. a Buddhist monk or mendicant ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyabhikṣukīf. a Buddhist nun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyabodhisattvam. equals -muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyabuddham. equals -muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyabuddhim. Name of a scholar (wrong reading -bodhi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyaketum. "star of the śākya-s", Name of gautama- buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyakīrtim. "glory of the śākya-s", Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyamahābalam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyamatim. Name of a scholar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyamitram. Name of a scholar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyamunim. " śākya- sage", Name of gautama- buddha- (also -buddha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyapālam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyaprabham. Name of a scholar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyapratikāramfn. capable of being remedied, remediable (apr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyapratikāram. a possible remedy or counter-agent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyapuṃgavam. " śākya-s bull", Name of gautama- buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyaputrīyam. a Buddhist monk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyarakṣitam. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyarūpamfn. possible to be (infinitive mood in pass. sense) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyasāmantatāf. the state of being able to conquer neighbouring kings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyaśaṅkamfn. liable to be doubted, admitting of doubt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyaśāsanan. the doctrine or teaching of gautama- buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyasiṃham. " śakya- lion", Name of gautama- buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyaśramaṇa m. a Buddhist monk (in Prakrit) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyaśramaṇakam. a Buddhist monk (in Prakrit) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyaśravaṇam. idem or 'm. a Buddhist monk (in Prakrit) .' (prob. wrong reading for śramaṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyaśrīm. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyaf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyatamamfn. most possible, very practicable (with infinitive mood in a pass. sense) (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyatvan. possibility, practicability, capacity, capability ( śakyatvatāvacchedaka -vacchedaka- n. equals śakyāṃśe- bhāsamāna-dharmaḥ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakyatvatāvacchedakan. śakyatva
śākyavaṃśam. the śākya-s family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyavaṃśāvatīrṇam. "incarnate in the śākya-s family", Name of gautama- buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyavardham. equals (or wrong reading for) -vardhana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyavardhan. Name of a temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālākyam. an oculist who uses sharp instruments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālākyan. employment of pointed instruments as a branch of surgery (see āyur-veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālākyan. metron. fr. śalākā- gaRa kurv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālākyaśāstran. the science of using sharp instruments for diseases of the eye etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salokyamfn. equals -loka- (with genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sālokyan. (fr. sa-loka-) the being in the same sphere or world, residence in the same heaven with (instrumental case with saha-,or genitive case,or compound;this is one of the four stages of beatitude) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sālokyaf. idem or 'n. (fr. sa-loka-) the being in the same sphere or world, residence in the same heaven with (instrumental case with saha-,or genitive case,or compound;this is one of the four stages of beatitude) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samālokyan. (fr. sama-loka- mc. for sāmal-) sharing the same world with (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāvalokyamfn. ( lok-;prob. mc. for sam-ava-l-) to be perceived or observed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambhuvākyapelāśāṭīkāf. Name of an astronomy work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalitaikyan. the sum of the sums or terms (of an arithmetic progression) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketavākyan. a preconcerted word, watchword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskṛtavākyaratnāvalīf. Name of work
samudravākyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṇḍikyamfn. born in śaṇḍika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkyamfn. to be distrusted or suspected or feared (n. impersonal or used impersonally;superl. -tama-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkyamfn. to be assumed or expected or anticipated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sānunāsikavākyamfn. Speaking with a nasal sound ( sānunāsikavākyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sānunāsikavākyatvan. sānunāsikavākya
sānunāsikyamfn. nasalized, nasal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sānunāsikyan. nasality. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sapuronuvākyamfn. together with the puronuvākyā- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārakyamfn. gaRa saṃkāśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārameyāvākyan. " sārameyā-'s speech", Name of the 56th chapter of the uttara-kāṇḍa- of the rāmāyaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvādhikyan. superiority to all View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāśikyaName of a people or country (see śāśika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṣṭikyamfn. sown with the above rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṣṭikyamfn. (a field etc.) fit for sowing with this rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatapākyamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatapākyam. (with sneha-) a kind of oil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyavākyan. true speech, veracity, truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyavākyamfn. true in speech ( satyavākyatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyavākyaf. satyavākya
saucakyan. (fr. sūcaka-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saucikyan. (fr. sūcika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sautikyan. (fr. sūtika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sautsukyamf(ā-)n. full of longing or expectation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasenavākyakāram. Name of author. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikyan. ( alsof(ā-).) a kind of loop or swing made of rope and suspended from either end of a pole or yoke to receive a load, carrying swing (also applied to the load so carried) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikyan. the string of a balance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikyan. equals vajra-vikāra- (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikyaka(prob.) n. equals śikya-, a loop or swing (See next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikyakavastran. a balance made of cloth and suspended by strings
śītapākyan. (prob.) a kind of plant or fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivādhikyaśikhāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhaladvākyamfn. making mistakes in speaking, stammering, faltering, blundering
ślokyamfn. sounding, noisy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślokyamfn. praiseworthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śramaṇaśākyaputrīyam. a disciple of buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrībhāṣyodāhṛtopaniṣadvākyavivaraṇan. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛtātaṅkyamfn. to be curdled or coagulated in boiled milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutyānarthakyan. the uselessness of the veda- or of oral sacred tradition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stokyamf(ā-)n. relating to or connected with drops (applied to the oblations of ghee and the verses employed while drops of it are falling) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhṛdvākyan. the speech or advice of a friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūktavākyan. a good speech or word, wise saying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supākyan. a kind of salt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suptavākyan. words spoken during sleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūravākyan. plural the words of a hero, speech of a boaster View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suślokyamfn. very famous
suślokyan. well sounding speech, praise, fame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvākyamfn. speaking well, eloquent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svamanobodhavākyan. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svānubhūtivākyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaritavākyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailakyan. adorning with the tilaka- gaRa purohitadi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailakyan. the being adorned with the Tailaka
takyamfn. fut.Pass.p. Va1rtt. 1 quick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tārāvākyan. "speech of tārā-", Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkyamfn. See a-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkyamfn. niṣ-ṭarky/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyan. (gaRa caturvarṇādi-) the 3 loka-s or worlds etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyan. a mystic Name of some part of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyabandhum. "Trailokya-friend", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyabhayakārakamfn. causing fear to the 3 worlds. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyacintāmaṇirasam. Name of a mixture. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyaḍambaraName of a med. work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyadevīf. Name of the wife of King yaśaḥ-kara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyadīpikāf. Name of a jaina- work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyakartṛm. "Trailokya-creator", śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyamālinm. Name of a daitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyanātham. "Trailokya-lord", rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyanātham. Name of a mixture. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyaprabhāf. Name of the daughter of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyaprabhavam. "Trailokya-son", rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyaprakāśam. Name of an astronomy work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyarājam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyarājyan. Trailokya-sovereignty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyasāgaram. Name of work , dvaitanirṇaya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyasāraName of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyasundaram. Name of a mixture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyasundarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyavijayāf. "Trailokya-conqueror", a sort of hemp (from which an intoxicating infusion is prepared) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyavikraminm. "striding through the 3 worlds", Name of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tribhuvanamāṇikyacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakyam. or n. a water-plant, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakyamfn. being in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakyamfn. wanting water (for purification) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udaṅkyam. Name of a demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uktavākyamfn. one who has given an opinion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uktavākyan. a dictum, decree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśārthavākyan. "a tale for the sake of instruction", a parable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāṅkyamfn. ( aṅk-), to be marked or stamped. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāṅkyapṛṣṭham. Name of an ekāha- (q.v) sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upānuvākyamfn. to be invoked with anuvākyā-s (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upānuvākyam. Name of agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upānuvākyan. Name of a particular section of the taittirīya-saṃhitā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upātaṅkyan. ( tañc-), runnet for coagulating milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavākyamfn. to be addressed or praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattivākyan. a sentence quoted from the veda-, an authoritative sentence commentator or commentary on and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsekyamfn. to be filled up or made full View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vādhukyan. (fr. idem or 'n. (fr. idem or 'n. (fr. vadhū-) gaRa udgātrādi-.') gaRa kulālādi-.') the taking a wife, marriage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśikyam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākovākyan. idem or 'n. speech and reply, dialogue ' (also Name of particular Vedic texts) etc. (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakravākyan. ambiguous speech (wrong reading vaktra-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaktravākya , prob. wrong reading for vakra-v- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) speech, saying, assertion, statement, command, words (mama vākyāt-,in my words, in my name) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. a declaration (in law), legal evidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. an express declaration or statement (opp. to liṅga-,"a hint"or indication) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. betrothment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. a sentence, period vArttika etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. a mode of expression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. a periphrastic mode of expression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. a rule, precept, aphorism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. a disputation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. (in logic) an argument, syllogism or member of a syllogism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. the singing of birds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyan. (in astronomy) the solar process in computations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyabhedam. difference of assertion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyabhedam. division of a sentence (vākya-bhedād a-nighātaḥ-,because there is a division of the sentence there is no grave [but an acute] accent) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyabhedam. plural contradictory statements View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyabhedavādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyacandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyadhṛkmfn. having a commission from any one (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyagarbhitan. insertion of a parenthesis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyagraham. paralysis of speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyahāriṇīf. a female messenger, female messenger of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyakaṇṭhamfn. one whose speech is in the throat, being on the point of speaking anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyakaramfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') executing the words or commands (of another) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyakāram. the author of (a vedānta- work called) vākya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyakaraṇasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyakhaṇḍanan. refutation of an argument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyamālāf. connection or sequence of several sentences View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyamālāf. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyamañjarīf. Name of several works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyapadan. a word in a sentence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyapaddhatif. the manner or rule of constructing sentences View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyapadīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyapadīyan. Name of a celebrated work on the science of grammar by bhartṛ-hari- (divided into brahma-kāṇḍa- or āgama-samuccaya-, vākya-kāṇḍa-, pada-kāṇḍa- or prakīrṇaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyapañcādhyāyīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaprabandham. connected flow of words, connected composition or narrative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyapradīpa wrong reading for -padīya- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaprayogam. employment or application of speech or language View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyapūraṇamfn. the filling up of a sentence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaracanāf. formation of speech, speaking, talking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaracanāf. the arrangement or construction of sentences, syntax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaratnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaśalākāf. equals vāk-ś- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasaṃcāram. way or manner of speaking, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasaṃkīrṇan. confusion of two sentences
kyasaṃyogam. grammatical construction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasāramn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasārathim. a chief speaker, spokesman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaśeṣam. "speech-remainder (in an ellipsis)", the part of a sentence which is wanting and has to be supplied, the words needed to complete an elliptical sentence (also vākyaśeṣatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaśeṣatvan. vākyaśeṣa
kyasiddhāntastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasphoṭaSee sphoṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaśrutif. (with aparokṣānubhūti-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasthamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') attentive to words, obsequious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasthamfn. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasthitamfn. being or contained in a sentence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasthitamfn. attentive to what is said View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasudhāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyasvaram. the accent in a word or sentence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaf. in gadgada-v-, a stammering utterance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyatasind. conformably to the saying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyatattvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyatvan. the being a word or speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyatvan. the consisting of words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyatvan. the being a sentence or period View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyatvan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') pronunciation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyavādam. Name of several works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyavajran. (sg. or plural) words which fall like a thunderbolt, crushing words, strong language View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyavajraviṣamamfn. rough or harsh (through the use of such words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyavara wrong reading for vāk-saṃvara- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyavinyāsam. the arrangement or order of a sentence, syntax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaviśāradamfn. skilled in speech, eloquent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyaviśeṣam. a particular or special statement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyavivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyavṛttiprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kyavṛttivyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṅkyamfn. crooked, curved, flexible, pliant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vararucivākyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārddhakyan. old age, senility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārmikyan. (fr. varmika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārṇakyam. patronymic fr. varṇaka- gaRa gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārṣikyamfn. yearly, annual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārṣikyan. the rainy season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātakyam. patronymic fr. vātaki- gaRa kurv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāvadūkyam. patronymic fr. vāvadūka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavākyan. a statement of the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavākyacūḍāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavākyan. a text or statement of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicitravākyapaṭutāf. great eloquence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilokyamfn. to be (or being) looked at, visible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimokyaSee a-vimoky/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīramāṇikyam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīravākyan. a heroic word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīravākyamayamf(ī-)n. consisting in heroic words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśaṅkyamfn. to be distrusted or suspected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśaṅkyamfn. to be feared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayavākyadīpikā(also -vāg-d-) f. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayavākyasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitarkyamfn. to be considered, questionable, doubtful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivākyaSee a-vivāky/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhacāṇakyam. the older cāṇakya- or an older recension of his work (see laghu-cāṇakya-rāja-nīti-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhakumārīvākyavaranyāyam. the principle of the boon asked for by the old virgin (who chose according to to the mahā-bhāṣya-, putrā me bahukṣīra-ghṛtam odanaṃ kāñcana-pātryām bhuñjīran-,"May my sons eat rice with much milk and ghee from a golden vessel", which, if granted, would have covered all other wishes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhayājñavalkyam. the older yājñavalkya- or an older recension of yājñavalkya-'s law-book (see bṛhad-y-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttamāṇikyamālāf. Name of work on metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajamānavākyan. (?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyam. (y/ā-,fr. yajñavalka-) Name of an ancient sage (frequently quoted as an authority in the ;the first reputed teacher of the vājasaneyi-saṃhitā- or White yajur-veda-, revealed to him by the Sun;he is also the supposed author of a celebrated code of laws, which is only second in importance to that of manu-, and with its well-known commentary, the mitākṣarā-, is the leading authority of the mithilā- school; see ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyam. plural the family of yajur-veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyamfn. relating to or derived by yajur-veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyan. Name of an upaniṣad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyadharmaśāstran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyagītāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyamahimavarṇanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyaśikṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyasmṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñikyan. sacrificial or ritualistic rules on ( yājñikyaka kyaka- n.a bad yājñikya- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñikyakan. yājñikya
yāvacchakyamfn. (for -śak-) as far etc. as possible commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvacchakyamind. (am-) according to ability, Hit, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavakyamfn. sown with barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogayājñavalkyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogayājñavalkyagītāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogayājñavalkyasmṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogiyājñavalkya equals yoga-- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
68 results
aṃśula अंशुल a. Radiant, luminous. -लः [अंशुं प्रभां बुद्धिप्रतिभां लाति, or अंशुरस्य अस्तीति ला-क] N. of Chāṇakya; of any sage.
aṅgam अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).
aṅgulaḥ अङ्गुलः [अङ्ग्-उल्] 1 A finger. -2 The thumb, अङ्गौ पाणौ लीयते (n. also). -3 A finger's breadth (n. also), equal to 8 barley-corns, 12 Aṅgulas making a वितस्ति or span, and 24 a हस्त or cubit; शङ्कुर्दशाङ्गुलः Ms. 8.271. -4 (Astr.) A digit or 12th part. -5 N. of the sage Chāṇakya or Vātsyāyana. अङ्गुलिः aṅguliḥ ली lī रिः riḥ री rī अङ्गुलिः ली रिः री f. [अङ्ग्-उलि Uṇ.4.2] A finger (the names of the 5 fingers are अङ्गुष्ठ thumb, तर्जनी forefinger, मध्यमा middle finger, अनामिका ring-finger, and कनिष्ठा or कनिष्ठिका the little finger); a toe (of the foot); एकविंशो$यं पुरुषः दश हस्त्या अङ्गुलयो दश पाद्या आत्मैकविंशः Ait. Br. -2 The thumb, great toe. -3 The tip of an elephant's trunk. cf. Mātaṅga L.6.9. -4 The measure अङ्गुल. -5 N. of the tree गजकर्णिका. (Mar. काकडी ?) -6 Penis (?). -Comp. -ग्रन्थिः f. (also -पर्वन) The portion of the finger between two joints. -तारणम् [अङ्गुलेः तोरणमिव कृतम्] a mark on the forehead of the form of the half moon made with sandal &c. -त्रम् त्राणम् [अङ्गुलिं त्रायते, अङ्गुलिस्त्रायते अनेन त्रै -क.] a fingerprotector (a contrivance like a thimble used by archers to protect the thumb or fingers from being injured by the bow-string). सज्जैश्चापैर्बद्धगोधाङ्गुलित्रैः Pañch. 2; व्रजति पुरतरुण्यो बद्धचित्राङ्गुलित्रे Bk.1.26. -पञ्चकम् the five fingers collectively. -फला f. Dolichos lablab (Mar. घेवडा). -मुद्रा, -मुद्रिका a seal-ring. इयमङ्गुलिमुद्रा आर्यमवगतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1. -मोटनम्, -स्फोटनम् [अङ्गुल्योर्मोटनं मर्दनं स्फोटनं ताडनं वा यत्र] snapping or cracking the fingers (Mar चुटकी). -वेष्टः ring; अङ्गदान्यङ्गुलीवेष्टान् Rām.6.65.26. -सङ्गा [अङ्गुलौ सङ्गो यस्याः सा] sticking to the fingers; ˚गा यवागूः ˚गा यवागूः ˚गा गाः सादयति P. VIII.3.8 Sk. (अङ्गुलिसंलेपकारकं यवागूद्रव्यम् Tv.) (-ङ्गः) contact of the fingers; act of fingering. गतमङ्गुलिषङ्गं त्वां ..... Bk.9.78. -संज्ञा [तृ. त.] a sign made by the finger; मुखार्पितैकाङ्गुलिसंज्ञयैव Ku.3.41 -सन्देशः making signs with fingers; cracking or snapping the fingers as a sign. -संभूत a. [स. त.] produced from or on the finger. (-तः) a finger nail.
atipraśnaḥ अतिप्रश्नः [अतिक्रम्य मर्यादां प्रश्नः] A question about transcendental truths; a vexatious or extravagant question that is asked, though a satisfactory reply has already been given; e. g. Vālāki's question to Yājñavalkya about Brahman in बृहदारण्यकोपनिषद्. अतिप्रसङ्गः atiprasaṅgḥ प्रसक्तिः prasaktiḥ अतिप्रसङ्गः प्रसक्तिः f. 1 Excessive attachment; नातिप्रसङ्गः प्रमदासु कार्यः Pt.1.187; स्त्रीष्वतिप्रसङ्गात् Dk.11. -2 Over-rudeness, impertinence; तद्विरमातिप्रसङ्गात् U.5; मा भूत्पुनर्बत कथंचिदतिप्रसङ्गः Mv.3.16 indiscretion or imprudence; यदेतावतः परिभवातिप्रसङ्गस्य तुल्यं स्यात् Mv.5 an insult. -3 Extraordinary or unwarrantable stretch of a (grammatical) rule, or principle; also = अतिव्याप्ति q. v. -4 A very close contact; अतिप्रसङ्गाद्वि- हितागसो मुहुः Ki.8.33 (अविच्छेदसङ्गः). -5 Prolixity; अलमतिप्रसङ्गेन Mu.1.
anupama अनुपम a. [न. ब.] Incomparable, matchless, peerless, best, most excellent. -मतिः N. of a contemporary of Śākya muni. -मा The female elephant of the south-west (mate of कुमुद).
anta अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते'). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 Youngest. -तः (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3. -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda). -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied). -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life). -6 Death, destruction; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c. -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः). -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34. -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large number. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5. -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm. -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla. -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि] 1 a barber. -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste. -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति). -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199. -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16. -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk. -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha. -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām. -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters). -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145. -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94. -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम् -2 death, perishing, dying. -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A. -चर a. 1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.). -ज a. last born. -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric). -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14. -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid. -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29. -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last. -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed. -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚) -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य] 1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33. -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village). -वेला = ˚कालः q. v. -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir. -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral pile. -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3. -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34. -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word.
apadhvaṃs अपध्वंस् 1 A (rarely P.) 1 To pack off, clear out; अपध्वंसेति बहुशो वदन् क्रोधसमन्वितः Hariv. आः अपध्वंस Dūtavākya 1. -2 To abuse, revile, scold; न चाप्यन्यमपध्वंसेत्क- दाचित्कोपसंयुतः Mb. -Caus. To free from dust; blow away (as dust &c.).
abhiṣecanam अभिषेचनम् 1 Sprinkling. -2 Coronation, inauguration; अनुभूय वशिष्ठसंभृतैः सलिलैस्तेन सहाभिषेचनम् R.8.3. -3 Equipment, paraphernalia of coronation; भरतश्चाभि- षिच्येत यदेतदभिषेचनम् । त्वदर्थे विहितं राज्ञा तेन सर्वेण राघव ॥ Rām.2.18.36. अभिषेचनीय abhiṣēcanīya षेच्य ṣēcya षेक्य ṣēkya अभिषेचनीय षेच्य षेक्य 1 Worthy of inauguration, fit to be crowned. -2 Belonging to coronation. -यः N. of a sacrificial ceremony performed at the coronation of a king.
amṛta अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45.
amogha अमोघ a. 1 Unfailing, reaching the mark; धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66; R.3.53;12.97; कामिलभ्येष्वमोघैः Me.75. -2 Unerring, infallible (words, boon &c.); अमोघाः प्रतिगृह्णन्तावर्ध्यानुपदमाशिषः R.1.44; युतममोघतया Ki. 6.4. -3 Not vain or useless, efficacious, fruitful, productive; यदमोघमपामन्तरुप्तं बीजमज त्वया Ku.2.5; so ˚बलम्, ˚शक्ति, ˚वीर्य, ˚क्रोध &c. -घः 1 Not failing or erring, unerringness. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (or of Śiva according to some). -3 N. of a river. -घा 1 N. of the plant पाटली (Mar. पाडळी) (the trumpet flower). 2 N. of another plant विडङ्ग (Mar. वावडिंग) the seed of which is used as a vermifuge, and hence also called कृमिघ्न. -3 = पथ्या. -4 N. of a spear or शक्ति. -5 N. of Śiva's wife. -6 Mystical name of the conjunct consonant क्ष. -Comp. -अक्षी f. N. of Dākṣāyaṇī, Matsya P. -दण्डः urerring in punishment, N. of Śiva. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि a. of unerring mind or view, N. of a Bodhisattva. -नन्दिनी N. of a Śikṣā-text. -पाशः N. of a Loke-Śvara (Buddhistic). -बल a. of never-failing strength of vigour. (उच्चैःश्रवस्). -भूतिः N. of a king of the Punjab. -राजः N. of a Bhikṣu; L. V. -वर्षः N. of a Chālukya prince. -वाच् f. words not vain or idle, that are sure to be fulfilled or realized. a. one whose words are not vain. -वाञ्छित a. never disappointed. -विक्रमः of neverfailing valour; N. of Siva. -सिद्धिः N. of the fifth Dhyānibuddha.
ayāta अयात a. Not gone. अयातमस्य ददृशे न यातम् Av.1.8.8. -Comp. -पूर्व a. following, succeeding, subsequent to. -याम a. not old or weakened, not stale, fresh, not worn out by use; अयातयामं सर्वेभ्यो भागेभ्यो भागमुत्तमम् Mb.3.114.11. ˚मं च यौवनम् Dk.123 fresh, blooming; ˚मं वयः 158; छन्दांस्ययातयामानि Bhāg.1.8.42. (where Śrīdhara says अ˚ = विगतदोषाणि free from faults, faultless, pure. (-मम्) N. of certain texts of the Yajurveda revealed to Yājñavalkya. ˚यामता freshness, unimpaired nature, strength, or vigour, purity.) -Comp. -यामन् a. Ved. not weak, fresh.
are अरे ind. An interjection of (a) calling to inferiors; आत्मा वा अरे द्रष्टव्यः श्रोतव्यः, न वा अरे पत्युः कामायास्याः पतिः प्रियो भवति Śat. Br. (said by Yajñavalkya to his wife Maitreyī); Bṛi. Up 2.4.4. (b) of anger; अरे महाराजं प्रति कुतः क्षात्रियाः U.4; (c) of envy.
arka अर्क a. [अर्च्-घञ्-कुत्वम् Uṇ.3.4.]. Fit to be worshipped (अर्चनीय). -र्कः 1 A ray of light, a flash of lightning (Ved.). -2 The sun; आविष्कृतारुणपुरःसर एकतो$र्कः Ś.4.2. -3 Fire. य एवमेतदर्कस्यार्कत्वं वेद Bṛi. Up. 1.2.1. -4 A crystal; पुष्पार्ककेतकाभाश्च Rām.2.94.6. -5 Copper. -6 Sunday. -7 Membrum virile. एवा ते शेपः सहसायमर्को$ङ्गेनाङ्गं संसमकं कृणोतु Av.6.72.1. -8 N. of the sun-plant, Calatropis Gigantea (Mar. रुई), a small tree with medicinal sap and rind; अर्कस्योपरि शिथिलं च्युतमिव नवमल्लिकाकुसुमम् Ś.2.9; यमाश्रित्य न विश्रामं क्षुधार्ता यान्ति सेवकाः । सो$र्कवन्नृपतिस्त्याज्यः सदापुष्पफलो$पि सन् Pt.1.51. अर्के चेन्मधु विन्देत ŚB. on MS. -9 N. of Indra. -1 A sort of religious ceremony. -11 Praise, hymn; praising, extolling, song of praise. -12 A singer (Ved. in these two senses). -13 A learned man. -14 An elder brother. -15 Food (अर्कम् also). -16 N. of Viṣṇu. -17 A kind of decoction. -18 The seventh day of a month. -19 The उत्तरा- फल्गुनी asterism. -2 The number 12. -21 The sunstone (सूर्यकान्त); मसारगल्वर्कमयैर्विभङ्गैर्विभूषितं हेमनिबद्धचक्रम् Mb.12.46.33. cf. अर्को$र्कपर्णे स्फटिके ताम्रे सूर्ये दिवस्पतौ । ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि शुक्ले$र्कपादपे च पुमान् भवेत् ॥ Nm. -Comp. -अंशः, -कला a digit or 12th part of the sun's disc. -अश्मन् m. -उपलः 1 the sun-stone, heliotrope, girasol. -2 a sort of crystal or ruby. -आह्वः the swallow wort. -इन्दुसंगमः the time of conjunction of the sun and moon (दर्श or अमावास्या). -कान्तः A class of eleven storeyed buildings; Māna.29.25-34. -कान्ता 1 N. of a plant commonly called हुड्हुडिया. -2 sun's wife. -3 sun's shadow. -कुण्डतीर्थम् N. of a Tīrtha; Skanda P. -क्षेत्रम् 1 the field of the sun; the sign Leo, presided over by the sun. -2 N. of a holy place in Orissa. -ग्रहः The eclipse of the sun; Bṛi. S. -ग्रीवः N. of the Sāman. -चन्दनः a kind of red sandal (रक्तचन्दन). -चिकित्सा Arka's work on medical science. -जः epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Sugrīva. (-जौ) the two Aśvins regarded as the physicians of Heaven. -तनयः 'a son of the sun', an epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Manu Vaivasvata, Manu Sāvarṇi and Saturn; see अरुणात्मज. (-या) N. of the rivers Yamunā and Tāpti. -त्विष् f. light of the sun. -दिनम्, -वासरः Sunday. -दुग्धम् milky sap or exudation of Arka. -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः, -सूनुः N. of Saturn, Karṇa or Yama. -नयन a. one whose eyes are difficult to be gazed at. (-नः) an epithet of Virat Puruṣa. -नामन् m. the red arka tree. -पत्रः, -पर्णः N. of the plant अर्क. (-त्रा) a kind of birthwort (सुनन्दा, अर्कमूला) with wedge-shaped leaves. (-त्रम्, -र्णम्) the leaf of the अर्क plant. -पादपः N. of a plant (निम्ब); another tree (आकन्द). -पुष्पम् a flower of arka -पुष्पाद्यम् N. of a Sāman. (-ष्पी), -पुष्पिका N. of a plant (कुटुम्बिनी) -पुष्पोत्तरम् N. of a Sāman. -प्रकाश a. Bright like the sun; Mb. -प्रिया N. of a plant (जव). -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 N. of Buddha Śākyamuni, meaning सूर्यवंश्यः, cf. शुद्धोदनो नाम नृपो$र्कबन्धुः Bu. Ch.9.9. -2 a lotus (the sun-lotus). -भम् 1 an asterism influenced by the sun. -2 the sign Leo. -3 उत्तराफल्गुनीनक्षत्र. -भक्ता = ˚कान्ता q. v. -मण्डलम् disc of the sun. -मूलः, -ला = ˚पत्रा; विलिखति वसुधामर्कमूलस्य हेतोः Bh.2.1. -रेतोजः Revanta, the son of Sūrya. -लपणम् Saltpetre. -वर्षः a solar year. -वल्लभः 1 N. of a plant (बन्धूक; Mar. दुपारी). -2 a lotus. -विवाहः marriage with the arka plant (enjoined to be performed before a man marries a third wife, who thus becomes his fourth); चतुर्थादिविवाहार्थं तृतीयो$र्कं समुद्वहेत् Kāśyapa. -वेधः N. of a tree (तालीशपत्र). -व्रतः, -तम् 1 a vow performed on माघशुक्लसप्तमी. -2 the law or manner of the sun; when a king exacts taxes from his subjects only to add to their material comforts and happiness, just as the sun draws up water during 8 months of the year, only to give it back increased a thousandfold, he is said to follow अर्कव्रत, अष्टौ मासान् यथादित्यस्तोयं हरति रश्मिभिः । तथा हरेत्करं राष्ट्रान्नित्यमर्कव्रतं हि तत् ॥ Ms.9.35; cf. R.1.18 (the point of comparison may also be the imperceptible way in which the sun absorbs water, see Pt.1.221). -शोकः Ved. brilliancy of rays. -सातिः f. 1 finding of rays. -2 poetical inspiration; finding out hymns; रपत् कविरिन्द्रार्कसातौ Rv.1. 174.7. -सोदरः 'brother of the sun', an epithet of Airāvata. -हिता = ˚कान्ता q. v.
āditya आदित्य a. [अदितेरपत्यं ण्य P.IV.1.85.] 1 Solar, belonging to, or born in, the solar line; आदित्यैर्यदि विग्रहो नृपतिभिर्धन्यं ममैतत्ततो U.6.18. -2 Devoted to, or originating from, Aditi; आदित्यं चरुं निर्वपेत् Yaj. Ts.2.2.6.1. -3 Belonging to, or sprung from, the Ādityas. -त्यः 1 A son of Aditi; a god, divinity in general. (The number of Ādityas appears to have been originally seven, of whom Varuṇa is the head, and the name Āditya was restricted to them (देवा आदित्या ये सप्त Rv.9.114.3.). In the time of the Brāhmaṇas, however, the number of Ādityas rose to 12, representing the sun in the 12 months of the year; धाता मित्रो$र्यमा रुद्रो वरुणः सूर्य एव च । भगो विवस्वान् पूषा च सविता दशमः स्मृतः ॥ एकादशस्तथा त्वष्टा विष्णुर्द्वादश उच्यते ।); आदित्यानामहं विष्णुः Bg.1.21; Ku. 2.24. (These 12 suns are supposed to shine only at the destruction of the universe; cf. Ve.3.8; दग्धुं विश्वं दहनकिरणैर्नोदिता द्वादशार्काः). -2 The sun; Vāj.4.21. -3 A name of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf-incarnation; स्वयंभूः शंभुरादित्यः V. Sah. -4 N. of the Arka plant (Mar. रुई). -त्यौ (dual) N. of a constellation, the seventh lunar mansion (पुनर्वसु). -Comp. -केतुः 1 N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣtra. -2 The charioteer of the sun. -चन्द्रौ (dual) the sun and the moon. -दर्शनम् 'Showing the sun' (to a child of 4 months), one of the संस्काराs. -पत्र्यः N. of a plant. (-त्र्यम्) the leaf of the Arka tree. -पर्णिनी a creeping plant with gold-coloured flowers, growing near the bank of water. -पुराणम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -पुष्पिका red swallow wort (Mar. शिरदोडी). -बन्धुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भक्ता [आदित्ये भक्ता] N. of a plant. see अर्कभक्ता. -मण्डलम् the disc or orb of the sun. -व्रतम् 1 worship of the sun; a व्रत or rite. -2 N. of a Sāman. -सूनुः 'the son of the sun', N. of Sugrīva, Yama, Saturn, Manu and Karṇa &c.
ānandaḥ आनन्दः [आनन्द्-घञ्] 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure; आनन्दं ब्रह्मणो विद्वान्न बिभेति कदाचन T. Up. supreme bliss of felicity; आनन्द एवास्य विज्ञानमात्मानन्दात्मनो हैवं सर्वे देवाः Śat. Br. -2 God, Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्) (said to be n. also in this sense; cf. विज्ञानमानन्दं ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.3.9.28.). -3 N. of the forty-eighth year of the cycle of Jupiter. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 N. of Balarāma (according to Jaina doctrines). -7 N. of a cousin and follower and favourite disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni, compiler of the Sūtras. -8 A variety of the Daṇḍaka metre. -दा, -दी N. of two plants (Mar. भाङ्ग, रानमोगरी). -दम् 1 Wine, liquor. -2 A kind of house. -Comp. -अर्णवः the delight of Brahman. -काननम्, -वनम् N. of Kāśi. -गिरिः, -ज्ञानः, -ज्ञानगिरिः N of a celebrated annotator on Śaṅkarāchārya. -ज a. caused by joy (as tears). -तीर्थः N. of Madhva, the founder of a Vaiśṇava school of philosophy. -द, -कर a. exhilarating, delighting. -करः The moon; दधार सर्वात्मकमात्मभूतं काष्ठा यथानन्दकरं मनस्तः Bhāg. 1.2.18. -दत्तः [आनन्दो दत्तो येन] the membrum virile. -पटः [आनन्दजनको पटः] a bridal garment. -पूर्ण a. delighted supremely, full of bliss. (-र्णः) the Supreme Spirit. -प्रभवः semen. -भैरव a. causing both joy and fear. (-वः) N. of Śiva. -लहरिः, -री f. 'wave of enjoyment', title of a small hymn by Śaṅkarāchārya addressed to Pārvatī.
ānujīvyam आनुजीव्यम् The decorum due to a servant; पशुप- कुलनिवासाद् आनुजीव्यानभिज्ञः Dūtavākya 1.39.
āstika आस्तिक a. (-की f.) [अस्ति परलोकः इति मतिर्यस्य, ठक्] 1 One who believes in God and another world; यन्नास्त्येव तदस्ति वस्त्विति मृषा जल्पद्भिरेवास्तिकैः Prab.2 -2 A believer in sacred tradition. -3 Pious, faithful, believing; आस्तिकः श्रद्दधानश्च Y.1.268. -कः or आस्तीकः N. of a Muni. cf. अगस्त्यो माधवश्चैव मुचकुन्दो महामुनिः । कपिलो मुनिरास्तीकः पञ्चैते सुखशायिनः ॥ आस्तिकता āstikatā त्व tva आस्तिक्यम् āstikyam आस्तिकता त्व आस्तिक्यम् 1 Belief in God and another world; आस्तिक्यशुद्धमवतः प्रियधर्म धर्मम् Ki.18.43. -2 Piety, faith, belief; ज्ञानं विज्ञानमास्तिक्यम् Bg.18.42; आस्तिक्यं श्रद्दधानता परमार्थेष्वागमार्थेषु Śaṅkara.
ucca उच्च a. 1 High (in all senses); tall; क्षितिधारणोच्चं Ku.7.63; elevated, superior, exalted (family &c) -2 Loud, high-sounding; उच्चाः पक्षिगणाः Śi.4.18. -3 Intense, violent, strong. -4 (In astr.) Ascendant; see उच्चसंश्रय below. -च्चः 1 The apex of the orbit of a planet. -2 Height, high place; ज्वरश्च मरणं जन्तोरुच्चाच्च पतनं यथा Mb.12.28.25. -Comp. -अवच a. High and low, great and small; see उच्चावच. -गिर a. Having a loud voice; स्वगुणोच्चगिरो मुनिव्रताः Śi.16.29. -तरुः 1 the cocoanut tree. -2 a lofty tree in general. -तालः (heightened) music, dancing &c. at a tavern. -देवः N. of Viṣṇu or kṛiṣṇa. -देवता time personified, chronos. -ध्वजः N. of Śākyamuni. -नीच a. 1 high and low. -2 various, multiform. (-चम्) 1 the upper or lower stations of planets. -2 change of accent. -भाषणम् speaking aloud, vociferous. -भाषिन् a. shouting, bawling. -ललाटा, -टिका a woman with a high or projecting forehead. -संश्रय a. occupying a high station (said of a planet); ग्रहैस्ततः पञ्चभिरुच्चसंश्रयैः R.3.13; see Malli. thereon.
ṛju ऋजु ऋजुक a. [अर्जयति गुणान्, अर्ज्-उ Tv.] (जु or ज्वी f.) (compar. ऋजीयस्, superl. ऋजिष्ठ) 1 Straight (fig. also); उमां स पश्यन् ऋजुनैव चक्षुषा Ku.5.32; Śi.1.13, 12.18,2.77; ˚प्रणाम R.6.25. -2 Upright, honest, straight-forward; ऋजूननृजवः Pt.1.415. -3 Simpleminded, plain; Mk.5; Ratn.2,3. -4 Favourable, beneficial, good. -ind. In the right manner, Correctly; Rv.2.3.7. -Comp. -आयत a. sitting or being upright and stretched up or distended; ऋज्वायतं संनमितोभयांसम् Ku.3.45; M.2.7. -कायः The sage कश्यप. -क्रतु a. acting righteously; N. of Indra; यूथा गवामृजुक्रतुः Rv.1.81.7. -गः 1 one who is honest in his dealings; स नो मृडाति तन्व ऋजुगः Av.1.12.1. -2 an arrow. -गाथ a. Ved. singing correctly; धारवाकेष्वृजुगाथ शोभसे Rv.5.44.5. -नीतिः f. Ved. right conduct; guidance; ऋजुनीती नो वरुणो Rv.1.9.1. -मिताक्षरा N. of a commentary on Yājñavalkya's law-book, generally called Mitākṣarā. -रोहितम् the straight red bow of Indra. -लेख a. Rectilinear. -खा Straight line. -वनि, -हस्त a. granting auspicious gifts; स्मत् सूरिभिर्ऋजुहस्त ऋजुवनिः Rv.5.41.15.
om ओम् ind. 1 The sacred syllable om, uttered as a holy exclamation at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas, or previous to the commencement of a prayer or sacred work. -2 As a particle it implies (a) solemn affirmation and respectful assent (so be it, amen !); (b) assent or acceptance (yes, all right); ओमित्युच्यताममात्यः Māl.6; ओमित्युक्तवतो$थ शार्ङ्गिण इति Śi. 1.75; द्वितीयश्चेदोमिति ब्रूमः S. D.1; (c) command; (d) auspiciousness; (e) removal or warding off. -3 Brahman. [This word first appears in the Upaniṣads as a mystic monosyllable, and is regarded as the object of the most profound religious meditation. In the Maṇḍūkya Upaniṣad it is said that this syllable is all what has been, that which is and is to be; that all is om, only om. Literally analysed, om is taken to be made up of three letters or quarters; the letter a is Vaiśvānara, the spirit of waking souls in the waking world; u is Taijasa, the spirit of dreaming souls in the world of dreams; and m is Prajñā, the spirit of sleeping and undreaming souls; and the whole om is said to be unknowable, unspeakable, into which the whole world passes away, blessed above duality; (for further account see Gough's Upaniṣads pp.69-73). In later times om came to be used as a mystic name for the Hindu triad, representing the union of the three gods a (Viṣṇu), u (Śiva), and m (Brahmā). It is usually called Praṇava or Ekakṣaram; cf. अकारो विष्णुरुद्दिष्ट उकारस्तु महेश्वरः । मकारेणोच्यते ब्रह्मा प्रणवेन त्रयो मताः ॥ -Comp. -कारः 1 the sacred syllable ओम्; त्रिमात्रमोकारं त्रिमात्रमोंकारं वा विदधति Mbh.VIII.2.89. -2 the exclamation ओम्, or pronunciation of the same; प्राणायामैस्त्रिभिः पूतस्तत ओंकारमर्हति Ms.2.75. -3 (fig.) commencement; एष तावदोंकारः Mv.1; B. R.3.78. -रा N. of a Buddhist śakti (personification of divine energy).
kākṣaḥ काक्षः [कुत्सितमक्षं अत्र, कोः कादेशः; Sk. on P.VI.3.14] A side-long look, a glance. -क्षम् Frown, look of displeasure, malicious look; काक्षेणानादरेक्षितः Bk.5.24. काक्षेण पश्यति लिखत्यभिखां नयज्ञः Dūtavākyam 1.12.
kātyāyanī कात्यायनी 1 An elderly or middle aged widow (dressed in red clothes). -2 N. of a wife of Yajñavalkya मैत्रेयी च कात्यायनी च Bṛi. Up.4.5.1. -3 N. of Pārvatī; cf. उमा कात्यायनी गौरी काली हैमवतीश्वरी Ak. -Comp. -तन्त्रम् n. a Tantra containing the description of the methods of दुर्गापूजा and said to have been composed by Śiva. -पुत्रः, -सुतः N. of Kārttikeya.
kuliśaḥ कुलिशः शम् 1 The thunderbolt of Indra; वृत्रस्य हन्तुः कुलिशं कुण्ठिताश्रीव लभ्यते Ku.2.2; Pt.1; अवेदनाज्ञं कुलिश- क्षतानाम् Ku.1.2; R.3.68;4.88; Amaru.96. -2 Ved. An axe, a hatchet; स्कन्धांसीव कुलिशेना Rv.1.32.5. -3 The point or end of a thing; Me.63. -Comp. -करः, -धरः, -पाणिः an epithet of Indra; कान्तकुलिशकरवीर्यबलान् Ki.12.34. -नायकः a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. -शासनः An epithet of Śākyamuni.
kekara केकर a. (-री f.) [के मूर्ध्नि करीतुं नेत्रतारां शीलमस्य, कॄ-अच् अलुक् Tv.] Squint-eyed; Māl.2.5;4.2; शठ ! बान्धवनिः- स्नेह काक ! केकर ! पिङ्गल ! Dūtavākyam 1.38. -रम् A squint eye; cf. आकेकर. -Comp. -अक्ष, -नेत्र, -लोचन a. squint-eyed; Bṛi. Up.5.68.65.
kauṭilyam कौटिल्यम् [cf. नित्यं कौटिल्ये गतौ P.III.1.23.] 1 Crookedness (lit. and fig.); कौटिल्यं कचनिचये करचरणा- धरतलेषु रागस्ते K. P. -2 Wickedness. -3 dishonesty, fraud; यो मित्राणि करोत्यत्र न कौटिल्येन वर्तते Pt.2.185. -ल्यः 'The crooked', N. of Chāṇakya, a celebrated writer on civil polity, (the work being known as चाण्क्य- नीति), the friend and adviser of Chandragupta and a very important character in the Mudrārākṣasa; कौटिल्यः कुटिलमतिः स एष येन क्रोधाग्नौ प्रसभमदाहि नन्दवंशः Mu.1.7; स्पृशति मां भृत्यभावेन कौटिल्यशिष्यः Mu.7. -शास्त्रम् Chāṇakya's doctrine (diplomacy).
kṣip क्षिप् 6 U. (but only P. when preceded by अधि, प्रति and अति), 4. P. (क्षिपति-ते, क्षिप्यति, क्षिप्त) 1 To throw, cast, send, dispatch, discharge, let go (with loc. or sometimes dat.); मरुद्भ्य इति तु द्वारि क्षिपेदप्स्वद्भ्य इत्यपि Ms.3.88; शिलां वा क्षेप्स्यते मयि Mb.; R.12.95; with प्रति also; Bh.3.67; Śi.15.86. -2 To place, put on or upon, throw into; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24; Y.1.23; Bg.16.19. -3 To fix on, attach to (as a blame); भृत्ये दोषान् क्षिपति H.2. -4 To cast or throw off, cast away, rid oneself of; किं कूर्मस्य भरव्यथा न वपुषि क्ष्मां न क्षिपत्येष यत् Mu.2.18. -5 (a) To take away, destroy; ललितमधुरास्ते ते भावाः क्षिपन्ति च धीरताम् Māl.4.8. (b) To kill or slay; केसरी निष्ठुरक्षिप्तमृगयूथो मृगाधिपः Śi.2.53. -6 To reject, disdain. -7 To Insult, revile, abuse, scold; Ms.8.312,27; Śānti.3.1. ननु क्षिपसि माम् Dūtavākyam 1. -8 To pour on, scatter, strew. -9 To strike, hit. -1 To distract, afflict; तन्मे मनः क्षिपति Māl.4.8. -11 To move hastily (arms or legs); क्षिपंश्च पादान् Bhāg. 1.36.14. -12 To pass away (time); राजा हृष्टो$क्षिपत्क्षपाम् Ks.55.154. -13 (in math.) To add; Golādh. -With -पर्या to bind or tie up, collect (as hair); (केशान्तं) पर्याक्षिपत् काचिदुदारबन्धम् Ku.7.14.
gaṅgā गङ्गा [गम्-गन्; Uṇ.1.12] 1 The river Ganges, the most sacred river in India; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा Bh.2.1; R.2.26;13.57; (mentioned in Rv.1.75.5, along with other rivers considered sacred in India). -2 The Ganges personified as a goddess. [Gaṅgā is the eldest daughter of Himavat. It is said that a curse of Brahmā made her come down upon earth, where she became the first wife of King Śantanu. She bore him eight sons, of whom Bhīṣma, the youngest, became a well-known personage, renowned for his valour and life-long celibacy. According to another account she came down on earth being propitiated by Bhagīratha; see भगीरथ and जह्नु also; and cf. Bh.2. 1]. इमं मे गङ्गे यमुने सरस्वति Mahānār. Up.5.4. -Comp. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n. 1 water of the Ganges. -2 pure rain-water (such as falls in the month of आश्विन). -अवतारः 1 the descent of the Ganges on the earth; भगीरथ इव दृष्टगङ्गावतारः K.32 (where गङ्गा˚ also means 'descent into the Ganges' for ablution). -2 N. of a sacred place. -अष्टकम् a collection of eight verses addressed to the Ganges; गङ्गाष्टकं पठति यः प्रयतः प्रभाते वाल्मीकिना विरचितं शुभदं मनुष्यः । -उद्भेदः the source of the Ganges. -क्षेत्रम् the river Ganges and the district two Koss on either of its banks. -चिल्ली Gangetic kite. -जः, -सुतः 1 N. of Bhīṣma. -2 of Kārtikeya; गङ्गासुतस्त्वं स्वमतेन देव स्वाहामहीकृत्तिकानां तथैव Mb.3.232.15. -जलम् the holy water (by which it is customary to administer oaths). -दत्तः an epithet of Bhīsma. -द्वारम् the place where the Ganges enters the plains (also called हरिद्वार); गङ्गाद्वारं प्रति महान्बभूव भगवानृषिः Mb.1.13.33. -धरः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the ocean. ˚पुरम् N. of a town. -पुत्रः 1 N. of Bhīṣma. -2 of Kārtikeya. -3 a man of a mixed and vile caste whose business is to remove dead bodies. -4 a Brāhmaṇa who conducts pilgrims to the Ganges. -भृत् m. 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the ocean. -मध्यम् the bed of the Ganges. -यात्रा 1 a pilgrimage to the Ganges. -2 carrying a sick person to the river-side to die there. -लहरी N. of poem by Jagannātha Paṇḍita. -सप्तमी the 7th day in the light half of वैशाख. -सागरः the place where the Ganges enters the ocean. -सुप्तः 1 an epithet of Bhīsma. -2 of Kartikya. -ह्रदः N. of a तीर्थ. गङ्गाका gaṅgākā गङ्गका gaṅgakā गङ्गिका gaṅgikā गङ्गाका गङ्गका गङ्गिका The Ganges.
cālikya चालिक्य m. (= Chālukya) N. of a dynasty; lnscr. (489 A. D.).
jambhaka जम्भक a. 1 Eating, devouring. -2 Killing, crushing; destroying. -3 Biting, asunder. -4 Explaining, interpreting. -5 Opening, expanding. -6 Yawning. -कः 1 A lime or citron. -2 A treacherous man; साधु भो जम्भक ! साधु । Dūtavākyam 1. -3 Medicinal treatment; विद्याजम्भकवार्तिकैः Mb.5.64.16. जम्भका jambhakā जम्भा jambhā जम्भिका jambhikā जम्भका जम्भा जम्भिका A yawn, gaping.
dīpaḥ दीपः [दीप्-णिच् अच्] 1 A lamp, light; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तरस्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1. 221. न हि दीपौ परस्परस्योपकुरुतः Ś. B.; so ज्ञानदीपः &c. -Comp. -अङ्कुर; the flame or light of a lamp; दीपाङ्कुरच्छाया- चञ्चलमाकलय्य Bh.3.68. कुरण्टकविपाण्डुरं दधति धाम दीपाङ्कुराः Vb. -अन्विता 1 the day of new moon (अमा). -2 = दीपाली q. v. -आराधनम् worshipping an idol by waving a light before it. -आलिः, -ली, -आवली, -उत्सवः 1 a row of lights, nocturnal illumination.; -2 parti- cularly, the festival called Diwali held on the night of new moon in आश्विन. -उच्छिष्टम् soot, lamp-black. -कलिका 1 the flame of a lamp. -2 N. of a com. on Yajñavalkya. -किट्टम् lamp-black, soot. -कूपी, -खोरी the wick of a lamp. -द a. one who gives a lamp; दीपद- श्चक्षुरुत्तमम् Ms.4.229. -दण्डः A lamp-post. -ध्वजः 1 lamp-black. -2 lamp-stand. -पुष्पः the Champaka tree. -भाजनम् a lamp; वामनार्चिरिव दीपभाजनम् (अभूत्) R. 19.51. -माला lighting, illumination; अद्यापि तां धवलवेश्मनि रत्नदीपमालामयूखपटलैर्दलितान्धकारे Ch. P.18. -वर्तिः the wick of a lamp. -वृक्षः 1 a lampstand. कनकोज्ज्वलदीप्तदीपवृक्षम् (आसनम्) Bu. Ch.5.44. तथेह पञ्चेन्द्रियदीपवृक्षा ज्ञानप्रदीप्ताः परवन्त एव Mb.12.22.9. A treelike column of building (Mar. दीपमाळ); Rām.2.6.18; also दीपपादय (a candle-stick). -2 a light. -3 a lantern. -4 the tree called devadāru q. v. -शत्रुः a moth. -शिखा 1 the flame of a lamp. अनङ्गमङ्गलावासरत्नदीपशिखामिव Ks.18.77. -2 lamp-black. -शृङ्खला a row of lights, illumination.
drāmilaḥ द्रामिलः N. of Chāṇakya.
dhanin धनिन् a. (-नी f.) Rich, opulent, wealthy. -m. 1 A wealthy man; धनिनः श्रोत्रियो राजा नदी वैद्यश्च पञ्चमः Chāṇakya śatakam. -2 A creditor; Y.2.18; गृहीतानुक्रमाद् दाप्यो धनिनामधमर्णिकः 41; Ms.8.61. -3 The possessor of anything.
dharmaḥ धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.
nandaḥ नन्दः [नन्द्-भावे घञ्] 1 Happiness, pleasure, joy. -2 A kind of lute (11 inches long). (MW. 7 inches). -3 A frog. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 N. of a cowherd, husband of Yaśodā and foster-father of Kṛiṣṇa (to whose care the child was committed when Kaṁsa wanted to destroy it). -6 N. of the founder of the Nanda dynasty; or of nine brother-kings of Pāṭaliputra killed by the machinations of Chāṇakya, the minister of Chandragupta; समुत्खाता नन्दा नव हृदयरोगा इव भुवः Mu. 1.13; अगृहीते राक्षसे किमुत्खातं नन्दवंशस्य Mu.1.27;3.28. -7 One of the nine treasures of Kubera. -8 Number 'nine' (from the nine Nandas.). -दी An epithet of Durgā. -Comp. -आत्मजः, -नन्दनः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa -पालः an epithet of Varuṇa. -प्रयागः N. of a sacred place.
nāyaka नायक a. [नी-ण्वुल्] Guiding, leading, conducting. -कः 1 A guide, leader, conductor. -2 A chief, master, head, lord. -3 A pre-eminent or principal person, distinguished personage; सैन्यनायकः &c. -4 A general, commander. -5 (In Rhet.) The hero of a poetic composition (a play or drama); (according to S. D. there are four main kinds of नायक:-- धीरोदात्त, धीरोद्धत, धीरललित, and धीरप्रशान्त, q. v.; these are again subdivided, the total number of kinds being 48; see S. D.64-75. The Rasamañjarī mentions 3 classes पति, उपपति, and वैशिक; 95.11). -6 The central gem of a necklace; नायको नेतरि श्रेष्ठे हारमध्य- मणावपि' इति विश्वः. -7 A paradigm or leading example; दशैते स्त्रीषु नायकाः. -8 An epithet of Śākyamuni. -Comp. -अधिपः a king, sovereign.
paiṭhīnasiḥ पैठीनसिः N. of an ancient sage, author sage, author of a system of laws. पैण़्डिक्यम् paiṇ&tod;ḍikyam पैण्डिन्यम् paiṇḍinyam पैण़्डिक्यम् पैण्डिन्यम् Living on alms, mendicity.
prabhu प्रभु a. (भु-भ्वी f.) 1 Mighty, strong, powerful. -2 -2 Able, competent, having power to (with inf. or in comp.); ऋषिप्रभावान्मयि नान्तको$पि प्रभुः प्रहर्तुं किमुतान्यहिंस्राः R.2.62; समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -3 A match for; प्रभुर्मल्लो मल्लाय Mbh. -4 Abundant. -5 Everlasting, eternal. -भुः 1 A lord, master; प्रभुर्बुभूषुर्भुवन- त्रयस्य यः Śi.1.49. -2 A governor, ruler, supreme authority. -3 An owner, proprietor. -4 Quick-silver. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 Of Śiva. -7 Of Brahmā; cf. समीक्ष्य प्रभवस्त्रयः Bhāg.4.1.21; (also applied to various gods as Indra; Sūrya, Agni). -8 Word, sound. -Comp. -भक्त a. attached or devoted to one's lord, loyal; बह्वाशी, स्वल्पसंतुष्टः, सुनिद्रः, शीघ्रचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षड्गुणाः शुनः ॥ Chāṇakyanītidarpaṇa. (-क्त) a good horse. -भक्तिः f. devotion to one's lord, loyalty, faithfulness.
prāṇaḥ प्राणः 1 Breath, respiration. -2 The breath of life, vitality, life, vital air, principle of life (usually pl. in this sense, the Prāṇas being five; प्राण, अपान, समान, व्यान and उदान); प्राणैरुपक्रोशमलीमसैर्वा R.2.53;12.54; (हृदि प्राणो गुदे$पानः समानो नाभिसंस्थितः । उदानः कण्ठदेशस्थो व्यानः सर्वशरीरगः ॥). -3 The first of the five life-winds or vital airs (which has its seat in the lungs); अपाने जुह्वति प्राणं प्राणे$पानं तथापरे । प्राणापानगती रुद्ध्वा प्राणायाम- परायणाः ॥ Bg.4.29. -4 Wind, air inhaled. -5 Energy, vigour, strength, power; as in प्राणसार q. v.; युद्धातिथ्यं प्रदास्यामि यथाप्राणं निशाचर Rām.3.5.28; Bhāg.8.2.29; सर्वप्राणप्रवणमघवन्मुक्तमाहत्य वक्षः Mv.1.45. -6 The spirit or soul (opp. शरीर). -7 The Supreme Spirit; इमानि भूतानि प्राणमेवाभिसंविशन्ति Bṛi. Up.1.11.5. -8 An organ of sense; स्पृष्ट्वैतानशुचिर्नित्यमद्भिः प्राणानुपस्पृशेत् । गात्राणि चैव सर्वाणि नाभिं पाणितलेन तु ॥ Ms.4.143; मरीचिमिश्रा ऋषयः प्राणेभ्यो$हं च जज्ञिरे Bhāg.1.6.31. -9 Any person or thing as dear and necessary as life, a beloved person or object; कोशः कोशवतः प्राणाः प्राणाः प्राणा न भूपतेः H.2.9; अर्थपतेर्विमर्दको बहिश्चराः प्राणाः Dk. -1 The life or essence of poetry, poetical talent or genius; inspiration. -11 Aspiration; as in महाप्राण or अल्पप्राण q. v. -12 Digestion. -13 A breath as a measure of time. -14 Gum-myrrh. -15 Life, living (जीवन); दैवं च दैवसंयुक्तं प्राणश्च प्राणदश्च ह । अपेक्षापूर्वकरणादशुभानां शुभं फलम् ॥ Mb.12.36.14. -16 Food (अन्न); अनस्तिकानां भूतानां प्राणदाः पितरश्च ये Mb.12.12.4. -17 N. of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and other gods. -Comp. -अतिपातः killing a living being, taking away life. -अत्ययः loss of life. -अधिक a. 1 dearer than life. -2 superior in strength or vigour. -अधिनाथः a husband. -अधिपः the soul. -अन्तः death; capital punishment; अब्राह्मणः संग्रहणे प्राणान्तं दण्डमर्हति Ms.8.359. -अन्तिक a. 1 fatal, mortal. -2 lasting to the end of life, ending with life. -3 dangerous. -4 capital (as a sentence); अज्ञानात् वारुणीं पीत्वा संस्कारेणैव शुद्ध्यति । मतिपूर्वमनिर्देश्यं प्राणान्तिकमिति स्थितिः ॥ Ms. 11.146. (-कम्) murder. -अपहारिन् a. fatal, destructive to life. -अपानम्, -नौ air inhaled and exhaled; प्राणापाना- न्तरे देवी वाग्वै नित्यं प्रतिष्ठिता Mañjūṣā. -अयनम् an organ of sense; (सुप्तिमूर्च्छोपतापेषु प्राणायनविघाततः । नेहते$हमिति ज्ञानं मृत्युप्रज्वारयोरपि ॥ Bhāg.4.29.72. -आघातः destruction of life, killing a living being; प्राणाघातान्निवृत्तिः Bh.3.63. -आचार्यः a physician to a king. -आत्मन् m. the vital or animal soul. -आद a. fatal, mortal, causing death. -आबाधः injury to life; प्राणाबाधयुक्तास्वापत्सु Kau. A.1.8. -आयामः restraining or suspending the breath during the mental recitation of the names or attributes of a deity. -आहुतिः f. an oblation to the five Prāṇas. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a lover, husband; नीचैः शंस हृदि स्थितो हि ननु मे प्राणेश्वरः श्रोष्यति Amaru.67; बाला लोलविलोचना शिव शिव प्राणेशमालोकते Bv.2.57. -2 wind. -ईशा, -ईश्वरी a wife, beloved, mistress. -उत्क्रमणम्, -उत्सर्गः departure of the soul, death. -उपहारः food. -कर a. refreshing or reviving the spirits; सद्यो मांसं नवान्नं च बाला स्त्री क्षीरभोजनम् । क्षीर- मुष्णोदकं चैव सद्यः प्राणकराणि षट् ॥ Chāṇakya. -कर्मन् n. Vital function. -कृच्छ्रम्, -बाधा peril of life, a danger to life. -ग्रहः the nose. -घातक a. destructive to life. -घोषः the sound from the ears when the fingers are put therein; छिद्रप्रतीतिश्छायायां प्राणघोषानुपश्रुतिः Bhāg.1.42.29. -घ्नः a. fatal, life-destroying. -चयः increase of strength. -छिद् a. 1 murderous. -2 destructive. -छेदः murder. -त्यागः 1 suicide; वरं प्राणत्यागो न च पिशुनवाक्येष्वभिरुचिः H.1. -2 death. -द a. life-giving. (-दम्) 1 water. -2 blood. (-दः) 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Brahmā. -3 Terminalia Tomentosa (Mar. ऐन). -दा Terminalia Chebula (Mar. हिरडा). -दक्षिणा gift of life; प्राणदक्षिणां दा 'to grant one his life'. -दण्डः capital punishment. -दयितः a husband. -दातृ a. 'life-giver', saviour, deliverer. -दानम् 1 resigning life. -2 the gift of life, saving one's life. -दुरोदरम्, -द्यूतम् fighting for life. -दृह् a. Sustaining or prolonging the breath. -द्रोहः an attempt upon any body's life. -धार a. living, animate. (-रः) a living being. -धारणम् 1 maintenance or support of life. -2 vitality. -3 a means of supporting life. -नाथः 1 a lover, husband. -2 an epithet of Yama. -निग्रहः restraint of breath, checking the breath. -पतिः 1 a lover, husband. -2 the soul; बुद्धिं समाच्छाद्य च मे समान्युरुद्भूयते प्राणपतिः शरीरे Mb.3. 269.4. -3 a physician. -पत्नी the voice. -परिक्रयः staking one's life. -परिक्षीण a. one whose life is drawing to a close. -परिग्रहः possession of life, life, existence. -प्रद, -दायक, -दायिन् a. restoring or saving life. -प्रयाणम् departure of life, death. -प्रियः 'as dear as life', a lover, husband. -भक्ष a. feeding on air only. -भास्वत् m. the ocean. -भृत् a. possessed of life, living, animate, sentient. (-m.) a living being; अन्तर्गतं प्राणभृतां हि वेद R.2.43. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -मोक्षणम् 1 departure of life, death. -2 suicide. -यमः = प्राणायाम q. v. -यात्रा 1 support of life; maintenance, livelihood; पिण्डपात- मात्रप्राणयात्रां भगवतीम् Māl.1. -2 the act of breathing. -यात्रिक requisite for subsistence; प्राणयात्रिकमात्रः स्यात् Ms.6.57. -योनिः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 wind. (-f.) the source of life. -रन्ध्रम् 1 the mouth. -2 a nostril. -रोधः 1 suppressing the breath. -2 danger to life. -वल्लभा a mistress, wife. -विद्या the science of breath or vital airs. -विनाशः, -विप्लवः loss of life, death. -वियोगः separation of the soul from the body, death. -वृत्तिः f. a vital function. -व्ययः cost or sacrifice of life. -शरीरः the Supreme Being; स क्रतुं कुर्वीत मनोमयः प्राणशरीरः Ch. Up. -संयमः suspension of breath. -संशयः, -संकटम्, -संदेहः risk or danger to life, peril of life, a very great peril. -संहिता a manner of reciting the Vedic text. -सद्मन् n. the body. -सम a. as dear as life. (-मः) a husband, lover. (-मा) a wife; नूनं प्राणसमावियोगविधुरः स्तम्बेरमस्ताम्यति Māl.9.33. -सार a. 'having life as the essence', full of strength and vigour, muscular; गिरिचर इव नागः प्राणसारं (गात्रं) विभर्ति Ś.2.4. -हर, -हारिन् a. causing death, taking away life, fatal; पुरो मम प्राणहरो भविष्यसि Gīt.7. -2 capital. -हारक a. fatal. (-कम्) a kind of deadly poison.
bahu बहु a. (हु or ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ) 1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47. -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार. -2 Frequented, repeated. -4 Large, great. -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind. 1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree. -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word). -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic. -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils. -अप्, -अप a. watery. -अपत्य a. 1 having a numerous progeny. -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny. (-त्यः) 1 a hog. -2 a mouse, rat. (-त्या) a cow that has often calved. -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166. -अर्थ a. 1 having many senses. -2 having many objects. -3 important. -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक. -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4. -उपाय a. effective. -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda. -ऋच a. having many verses. (-चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (-ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1. -एनस् a. very sinful. -कर a. 1 doing much, busy, industrious. -2 useful in many ways. (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner. -2 a camel. -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (-री) a broom. -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21. -कालम् ind. for a long time. -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient. -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree. -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम. -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4. (-मः) 1 a Buddha. -2 a Jaina deified saint. -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (-रः) a kind of alkali. -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk. -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (-न्धम्) cinnamon. -गन्धदा musk. -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -गुण a. having many threads or qualities. -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist. -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations. -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?). -च्छल a. deceitful. -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल). -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal. -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious. -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge. -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument). -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137. -2 abounding in grass. -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree. -द a. liberal, generous. -दक्षिण a. 1 attended with many gifts or donations. -2 liberal, munificent. -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23. -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up. -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (-ग्धः) wheat. (-ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk. -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer. -दृष्ट a. very experienced. -दोष a. 1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful. -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58. -दोहना yielding much milk. -धन a. very rich, wealthy. -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra. -2 a diamond. -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows. -नाडिकः the body. -नाडीकः 1 day. -2 pillar; L. D. B. -नादः a conch-shell. -पत्नीकता polygamy. -पत्रः an onion. (-त्रम्) talc. (-त्री) the holy basil. -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree. -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree. -2 the Nimba tree. -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः). -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (-रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly. -प्रकृति a. consisting of many primary parts or verbal elements (as a compound). -प्रज a. having many children, prolific. (-जः) 1 a hog. -2 the munja grass. -प्रज्ञ a. very wise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 comprising many statements or assertions, complicated. -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā. -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents. -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficulties. -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor. -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix. -प्रसूः the mother of many children. -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones. -फल a. rich in fruits. (-लः) the Kadamba tree. (-ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree. -बलः a lion. -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (-जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ). -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh. -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate. -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative. -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11. -भुजा an epithet of Durgā. -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories. -भोग्या a prostitute. -भोजिन् a. voracious. -मञ्जरी the holy basil. -मत a. 1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35. -2 having many different opinions. -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15. -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -मलम् lead. -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (-नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior. -मान्य a. respectable, esteemable; Kull. on Ms.2.117. -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321. -मार्गः a place where many roads meet. -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3. -2 a wanton or unchaste woman. -मार्गी a place where several roads meet. -मुख a. 1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6. -2 Speaking variously. -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes. -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (-र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी). -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (-ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price. -मृग a. abounding in deer. -रजस् a. very dusty. -रत्न a. rich in jewels. -रस a. juicy, succulent. (-सः) sugar-cane. -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (-शिः) m. a series of many terms. -रूप a. 1 many-formed, multiform, manifold. -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3. (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon. -2 hair. -3 the sun. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 of Brahmā. -7 of the god of love. -रूपक a. multiform, manifold. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā. -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep. -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt. -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्. -वर्ण a. many-coloured. -वादिन् a. garrulous. -वारम् ind. many times, often. -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर). -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years. -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior. -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers. -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse. -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple. -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (-र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bellerica, Mar. बेहडा). -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift. -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide. -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (-हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c. -शत्रुः a sparrow. -शल्यः a species of Khadira. -शस्त a. very good, right or happy. -शाख a. having many branches or ramifications. -शिख a. having many points. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -श्रुत a. 1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36. -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (-तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text. -संख्याक a. numerous. -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals. -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (-तिः) a kind of bamboo. -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (-रः) the Khadira tree. -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands. -सूः 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow. -सूतिः f. 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow that often calves. -स्वन a. vociferous. (-नः) an owl. -स्वामिक a. owned by many.
buddha बुद्ध p. p. [बुध्-क्त] 1 Known, understood, perceived. -2 Awakened, awake. -3 Observed. -4 Enlightened, wise; एवमेव मनुष्येन्द्र धर्मं त्यक्त्वाल्पकं नरः । बृहन्तं धर्ममाप्नोति स बुद्ध इति निश्चितम् ॥ Mb.3.33.67; (see बुध्). -5 Expanded (विकसित); सरःसु बुद्धाम्बुजभूषणेषु विक्षोभ्य विक्षोभ्य जलं पिबन्ति Rām.4.3.41;5.14.24. -द्धः 1 A wise or learned man, a sage. -2 (With Buddhists) A wise or enlightened person who, by perfect knowledge of the truth, is absolved from all existence, and who reveals to the world the method of obtaining the Nirvāṇa or final emancipation before obtaining it himself; -3 'The enlightened', N. of Śākyasimha, the celebrated founder of the Bauddha religion; (he is said to have been born at Kapilavastu and to have died in 543 B. C.; he is sometimes regarded as the ninth incarnation of Viṣṇu; thus Jayadeva says :-- निन्दसि यज्ञविधेरहह श्रुतिजातं सदयहृदय दर्शितपशुघातं केशव धृतबुद्धशरीर जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1); क्वचिद्बुद्धः कल्किर्विहरसि कुभारापहतये Viṣṇu-mahimna 4; ततः कलौ संप्रवृत्ते संमोहाय सुरद्विषाम् । बुद्धो नाम्नाञ्जनसुतः कीकटेषु भविष्यति Bhāg. -4 The Supreme Soul (परमात्मा); अथ बुद्धमथा- बुद्धमिमं गुणविधिं शृणु Mb.12.38.1. -द्धम् Knowledge. -Comp. -अन्तः waking condition, the being awake; स वा एष एतस्मिन् बुद्धान्ते रत्वा Bṛi. Up.4.3.17. -आगमः the doctrines and tenets of the Bauddha religion. -उपासकः a worshipper of Buddha. -गया N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -गुरुः a Buddhist spiritual teacher. -मार्गः the doctrines and tenets of Buddha, Buddhism.
brahman ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).
bhargaḥ भर्गः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Of Brahman. -3 Radiance, lustre; आदित्यान्तर्गतं वर्चो भर्गाख्यं तन्मुमुक्षुभिः Yogiyājñavalkya. -4 Roasting.
bhojya भोज्य pot. p. [भुज्-ण्यत्] 1 To be eaten. -2 To be enjoyed or possessed. -3 To be suffered or experienced. -4 To be enjoyed carnally. -ज्यम् 1 Food, meal; त्वं भोक्ता अहं च भोज्यभूतः Pt.2; Ku.2.15; Ms.3.24; भोज्यं भोजनशक्तिश्च रतिशक्तिर्नराः स्त्रियः Chāṇakyaśatakam. -2 A store of provisions, eatables; वर्धयेद्बाहुयुद्धार्थं भोज्यैः शारीर- केवलम् Śukra.4.877. -3 A dainty. -4 Enjoyment. -5 Advantage, profit. -6 Food given to the Manes. -7 Wounding the mortal spot (मर्मभेद); भोज्ये पांसुविकर्षणे Mb.5.169.12. (com. भोज्ये कौटिल्ये मर्मपीडने). -8 A festive dinner, feast. -Comp. -अन्न a. one whose food may be eaten; एते शूद्रेषु भोज्यान्नाः Ms.4.253. -उष्ण a. too hot to be eaten. -कालः meal-time. -संभवः chyme, the primary juice of the body.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
mārīca मारीच a. (-ची f.) Belonging to or composed by Marīchi. -चः 1 N. of a demon, son of Sunda and Tāḍakā. He assumed the form of a golden deer, and thus enticed Rāma to a considerable distance from Sītā, so that Rāvaṇa found a good opportunity to carry her off. -2 A large or royal elephant. -3 A kind of plant (Mar. कंकोळ). -4 N. of the sage Kaśyapa; cf. स्वायंभुवान्मरीचेर्यः प्रबभूव प्रजापतिः Ś.7.9. -5 A sacrificing priest. -ची 1 N. of the mother of Śākyamuni. -2 N. of a Buddhist goddess. -3 N. of an Apsaras. -चम् A collection of pepper shrubs.
mita मित p. p. [मि मा-वा-क्त] 1 Measured, meted or measured out. -2 Measured off, bounded, defined. -3 Limited, measured, moderate, little, scanty, sparing, brief (words &c); पृष्टः सत्यं मितं ब्रूते स भृत्यो$र्हो महीभुजाम् Pt.1.87; R.9.34. -4 Measuring, of the measure of (at the end of comp.), as in ग्रहवसुकरिचन्द्रमिते वर्षे i. e. in 1889. -5 Investigated, examined. -6 Cast, thrown away. -7 Built. -8 Established, founded. -Comp. -अक्षर a. 1 brief, measured, short, concise; कथंचिदद्रेस्तनया मिताक्षरं चिरव्यवस्थापितवागभाषत Ku.5.63. -2 composed in verse, metrical. (-रा) N. of a celebrated commentary by Vijñāneśvara on Yājñavalkya's Smṛiti. -अर्थ a. of measured meaning. -अर्थकः a cautious envoy. -आहार a. sparing in diet. (-रः) moderation in eating. -द्रुः the sea. -भाषिन्, -वाच् a. speaking little or measured words; महीयांसः प्रकृत्या मितभाषिणः Śi.2.13. -भुक्त a. moderate in diet. -मति a. narrow-minded. -व्ययिन् a. frugal, economical.
miṣ मिष् I. 6 P. (मिषति) 1 To open the eyes, wink. -2 To look at, look helplessly; जातवेदोमुखान्मायी मिषता- माच्छिनत्ति नः Ku.2.46; येनार्घ्यं नृपमण्डलस्य मिषतो भीष्माग्रहस्ताद् धृतम् Dūtavākyam 1.41. -3 To rival, contend, emulate -II. 1 P. (मेषति) To wet, moisten, sprinkle.
muniḥ मुनिः [मन्-इन् उच्च Uṇ.4.122] 1 A sage, a holy man, saint, devotee, an ascetic; मुनीनामप्यहं व्यासः Bg.1. 37; दुःखेष्वनुद्विग्नमनाः सुखेषु विगतस्पृहः । वीतरागभयक्रोधः स्थित- धीर्मुनिरुच्यते ॥ 2.56; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś.2.15; R.1.8;3.49. -2 N. of the sage Agastya. -3 Of Vyāsa; Mb.6.119.4. -4 Of Buddha. -5 of Pāṇini. -6 N. of several plants (पियालु, पराशर and दमनक). -7 The internal conscience (according to Kull. on Ms.8.91 'the Supreme Spirit'). -8 The mango-tree. -9 The number 'seven'. -pl. The seven sages. -Comp. -अन्नम् (pl.) the food of ascetics, (कन्दफलादि); देशे काले च संप्राप्ते मुन्यन्नं हरिदैवतम् Bhāg.7. 15.5. -इन्द्रः 1 'the lord of the sages', a great sage. -2 an epithet of Śākyamuni. -3 of Bharata. -4 of Śiva. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a great sage. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Buddha. -च्छदः Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -त्रयम् 'the triad of sages', i. e. Pāṇini, Kātyāyana, and Patañjali (who are considered to be inspired saints); मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य, or त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम् Sk. -दारकः, -कुमारः a young sage. -द्रुमः the Śyonāka tree. -धान्यम् a kind of wild grain (Mar. देवभात). -परंपरा uninterrupted tradition. -पित्तलम् copper. -पुङ्गवः a great or eminent sage. -पुत्रकः 1 a wagtail. -2 the damanaka tree. -प्रियः Panicum Miliaceum (Mar. नीवार, काङ्ग). -भेषजम् 1 the fruit of the yellow myrobalan. -2 fasting. -वृत्ति a. leading an ascetic life; वार्द्धके मुनि- वृत्तीनाम् R.1.8. -व्रतम् an ascetic vow; keeping silence; मुनिव्रतैस्त्वामतिमात्रकर्शिताम् Ku.5.48; मुनिव्रतमथ त्यक्त्वा निश्चक्रामाम्बिकागृहात् Bhāg.1.53.51.
mūlam मूलम् [मूल्-क] 1 A root (fig also); तरुमूलानि गृहीभवन्ति तेषाम् Ś.7.2; or शिखिनो धौतमूलाः 1.15; मूलं बन्ध् to take or strike root; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -2 The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything; कस्याश्चिदासीद्रशना तदानीमङ्गुष्ठमूलार्पितसूत्रशेषा R.7.1; so प्राचीमूले Me.91. -3 The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is joined to something else; बाह्वोर्मूलम् Śi.7.32; so पादमूलम्, कर्णमूलम्, ऊरुमूलम् &c. -4 Beginning, commencement; आमूलाच्छ्रोतुमिच्छामि Ś.1. -5 Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; सर्वे गार्हस्थ्यमूलकाः Mb.; रक्षोगृहे स्थितिर्मूलम् U.1.6; इति केना- प्युक्तं तत्र मूलं मृग्यम् 'the source or authority should be found out'; पुष्पं पुष्पं विचिन्वीत मूलच्छेदं न कारयेत् Mb.5.34. 18; समूलघातमघ्नन्तः परान्नोद्यन्ति मानवाः Śi.2.33. -6 The foot or bottom of anything; पर्वतमूलम्, गिरिमूलम् &c. -7 The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the commentary or gloss). -8 Vicinity, neighbourhood; सा कन्दुकेनारमतास्य मूले विभज्यमाना फलिता लतेव Mb.3.112.16. -9 Capital, principal, stock; मूलं भागो व्याजी परिघः क्लृप्तं रूपिकमत्ययश्चायमुखम् Kau. A.2.6.24. -1 A hereditary servant. -11 A square root. -12 A king's own territory; स गुप्तमूलमत्यन्तम् R.4.26; Ms.7.184. -13 A vendor who is not the true owner; Ms.8.22 (अस्वामिविक्रेता Kull.). -14 The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars. -15 A thicket, copse. -6 The root of long pepper. -17 A particular position of the fingers. -18 A chief or capital city. -19 An aboriginal inhabitant. -2 A bower, an arbour (निकुञ्ज). -21 N. of several roots पिप्पली, पुष्कर, शूरण &c. -22 A tail; मूलो मूलवता स्पृष्टो धूप्यते धूमकेतुना Rām.6.4.51. (In comp. मूल may be translated by 'first, prime, original, chief, principal' e. g. मूलकारणम् 'prime cause', &c. &c.) -Comp. -आधारम् 1 the navel. -2 a mystical circle above the organs of generation; मूलाधारे त्रिकोणाख्ये इच्छाज्ञानक्रियात्मके. -आभम् a radish. -आयतनम् the original abode. -आशिन् a. living upon roots. -आह्वम् a radish. -उच्छेदः utter destruction, total eradication. -कर्मन् n. magic; Ms.9.29. -कारः the author of an original work. -कारणम् the original or prime cause; क्रियाणां खलु धर्म्याणां सत्पत्न्यो मूलकारणम् Ku.6.13. -कारिका a furnace, an oven. -कृच्छ्रः -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, living only upon roots; मूलकृच्छ्रः स्मृतो मूलैः. -केशरः a citron. -खानकः one who lives upon root-digging (मूलोत्पाटनजीवी); Ms.8.26. -गुणः the co-efficient of a root. -ग्रन्थः 1 an original text. -2 the very words uttered by Śākyamuni. -घातिन् a. destroying completely; (नहि...कर्मसु) मूलघातिषु सज्जन्ते बुद्धिमन्तो भवद्विधाः Rām.5.51.18; see मूलहर. -छिन्न a. nipped in the bud; सा$द्य मूलच्छिन्ना Dk. 2.2. -छेदः uprooting. -ज a. 1 radical. -2 growing at the roots of trees (as an ant-hill). -3 born under the constellation Mūla. (-जः) plant growing from a root. (-जम्) green ginger. -त्रिकोणम् the third astrological house. -देवः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -द्रव्यम्, धनम् principal, stock, capital. -धातुः lymph. -निकृन्तन a. destroying root and branch. -पुरुषः 'the stock-man', the male representative of a family. -प्रकृतिः f. the Prakṛiti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.); मूल- प्रकृतिरविकृतिः Sāṅ. K.3. (-pl.) the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war विजि- गीषु, अरि, मध्यम, and उदासीन); see Ms.7.155. -प्रतीकारः protection of wives and wealth (धनदाररक्षा); कृत्वा मूल- प्रतीकारम् Mb.5.151.61. -फलदः the bread-fruit tree. -बन्धः a particular position of the fingers. -बर्हणम् the act of uprooting, extermination. -बलम् the principal or hereditary force; विन्ध्याटवीमध्ये$वरोधान् मूलबलरक्षितान् निवेशयामासुः Dk.1.1. [Kāmandaka enumerates six divisions of the army and declares that मौल (hereditary) is the best of them (Kām.13.2-3.)] -भद्रः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -भृत्यः an old or hereditary servant. -मन्त्रः 1 a principal or primary text (such as आगम); जुहुयान्मूलमन्त्रेण पुंसूक्तेनाथवा बुधः A. Rām.4.4.31. -2 a spell. -राशिः a cardinal number. -वचनम् an original text. -वापः 1 one who plants roots. -2 A field where crops are grown by sowing roots; पुष्पफलवाटषण्ड- केदारमूलवापास्सेतुः Kau. A.2.6.24. -वित्तम् capital stock. -विद्या the twelve-worded (द्वादशाक्षरी) spell :-- ओं नमो भगवते वासुदेवायः; जुहुयान्मूलविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.4. -विभुजः a chariot. -व्यसनवृत्तिः the hereditary occupation of executing criminals; चण्डालेन तु सोपाको मूलव्यसन- वृत्तिमान् Ms.1.38. -व्रतिन् a. living exclusively on roots. -शकुनः (in augury) the first bird. -शाकटः, -शाकिनम् a field planted with edible roots. -संघः a society, sect. -साधनम् a chief instrument, principal expedient. -स्थानम् 1 base, foundation. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 wind, air. -4 Mooltan. (-नी) N. of Gaurī. -स्थायिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्रोतस् n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river. -हर a. uprooting completely; सो$यं मूलहरो$नर्थः Rām.6.46.15. -हरः a prodigal son; मूलहरतादात्विककदर्यांश्च प्रतिषेधयेत् Kau. A.2.9.27.
yogaḥ योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65. -3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26. -4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86. -5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'. -6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55. -7 A yoke. -8 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage. -9 (a) An armour. (b) Putting on armour. -1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness. -11 An occupation, a work, business. -12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165. -13 An expedient, plan, means in general. -14 Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44. -15 Remedy, cure. -16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48. -17 Gaining, acquiring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3. -18 The equipment of an army. -19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39. -2 A side; an argument. -21 An occasion, opportunity. -22 Possibility, occurrence. -23 Wealth, substance. -24 A rule, precept. -25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another. -26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word. -27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः. -28 Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.) -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23. -31 (In arith.) Addition. -32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction. -33 A combination of stars. -34 N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated). -35 The principal star in a lunar mansion. -36 Devotion, pious seeking after god. -37 A spy, secret agent. -38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence. -39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7. -4 Steady application; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1. -41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8. -42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.) -अञ्जनम् a healing ointment. -अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga. -अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy. -आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.) -आचारः 1 the practice or observance of Yoga. -2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone. -3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4. -आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic. -2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy. -आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165. -आपत्तिः modification of usage. -आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3. -आवापः the first attitude of an archer. -आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga. -2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties. -3 a magician. -4 a deity. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 a Vetāla. -7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya. -इष्टम् 1 tin. -2 lead. -कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below. -कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa). -क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property. -2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127. -3 welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4. -4 property, profit, gain. -5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219. -मौ, -मे or -मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4. -गतिः f. 1 Primitive condition. -2 the state of union. -गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power. -चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa -चरः N. of Hanumat. -चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2. -जम् agallochum. -तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा. -तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation. -दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās. -दानम् 1 communicating the Yoga doctrine. -2 a fraudulent gift. -धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Datta. -नाविका, -कः a kind of fish; -निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41. -2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe. -निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu. -निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga. -पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पदम् a state of self-concentration. -पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes). -पानम् a liquor adulterated with narcotics. -पारगः N. of Śiva. -पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation. -पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods. -पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21. -बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. -2 power of magic. -भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products. -भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga. -माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga. -2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 N. of Durgā. -यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga. -युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7. -रङ्गः the orange. -रत्नम् a magical jewel. -राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation. -2 one well-versed in Yoga. -रूढ a. 1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'. -2 engaged in meditation (s. v. -आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3. -रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3. -वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick. -वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B. -वामनम् secret contrivances; Kau. A. -वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga). -वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v. -वाह a. resolving (chemically). -वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr. -वाही 1 an alkali. -2 honey. -3 quicksilver. -विक्रयः a fraudulent sale. -विद् a. 1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. -2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a practiser of Yoga. -3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines. -4 a magician. -5 a compounder of medicines. -विद्या the science of Yoga. -विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22. -विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12). -शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology. -शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. योगनिद्रा. -शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali. -संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga. -समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24. -सारः a universal remedy; a panacea. -सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय). -सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali). -सेवा the practice of abstract meditation.
yogin योगिन् a. [युज् घिनुण्, योग-इनि वा] 1 Connected or endowed with. -2 Possessed of magical powers. -3 Endowed or provided with, possessing. -4 Practising Yoga. -m. 1 A contemplative saint, a devotee, an ascetic; आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र समं पश्यति यो$र्जुन । सुखं वा यदि वा दुःखं स योगी परमो मतः ॥ Bg.6.32; see the sixth adhyāya inter alia; सेवाधर्मः परमगहनो योगिनामप्यगम्यः Pt.1.285; बभूव योगी किल कार्तवीर्यः R.6.38. -2 A magician, sorcerer. -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy. -4 N. of Yājñavalkya. -5 Of Arjuna. -6 Of Viṣṇu. -7 Of Śiva. -8 N. of a mixed caste. -नी 1 A female magician, witch, sorceress, fairy. -2 A female devotee. -3 N. of a class of female attendants on Śiva or Durgā; बलीनदात् योगिनीभ्यो दिक्पालेभ्यो$प्यनेकधा Śiva B. 6.51; (they are usually said to be eight). -4 N. of Durgā. -Comp. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः 1 the chief of saints. -2 N. of Yājñavalkya. -ईश्वरी the chief of magicians. -इष्टम् lead. -दण्डः a kind of reed. -निद्रा light-sleep, wakefulness. -मार्गः the air, atmosphere.
lokaḥ लोकः [लोक्यते$सौ लोक्-घञ्] 1 The world, a division of the universe; (roughly speaking there are three lokas स्वर्ग, पृथ्वी and पाताल, but according to fuller classification the lokas are fourteen, seven higher regions rising from the earth one above the other, i. e. भूर्लोक, भुवर्लोक, स्वर्लोक, महर्लोक, जनर्लोक, तपर्लोक, and सत्यलोक or ब्रह्मलोक; and seven lower regions, descending from the earth one below the other; i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, रसातल, तलातल, महातल, and पाताल). -2 The earth, terrestrial world (भूलोक); इह- लोके in this world (opp. परत्र). -3 The human race, mankind, men, as in लोकातिग, लोकोत्तर &c. q. v. -4 The people or subjects (opp. the king); स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7; R.4.8. -5 A collection, group, class, company; आकृष्टलीलान् नरलोकपालान् R.6.1; or शशाम तेन क्षितिपाल- लोकः 7.3. -6 A region, tract, district, province. -7 Common life, ordinary practice (of the world); लोकवत्तु लीलाकैवल्यम् Br. Sūt.II.1.33; यथा लोके कस्यचिदाप्तैषणस्य राज्ञः &c. S. B. (and diverse other places of the same work). -8 Common or worldly usage (opp. Vedic usage or idiom); वेदोक्ता वैदिकाः शब्दाः सिद्धा लोकाच्च लौकिकाः, प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्या यथा लोके वेदे चेति प्रयोक्तव्ये यथा लौकिक- वैदिकेष्विति प्रयुञ्जते Mbh. (and in diverse other places); अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18. -9 Sight, looking. -1 The number 'seven', or 'fourteen'. -11 Ved. Open space; space, room. -12 One's own nature (निजस्वरूप); नष्टस्मृतिः पुनरयं प्रवृणीत लोकम् Bhāg.3. 31.15. -13 Enlightenment (प्रकाश); इच्छामि कालेन न यस्य विप्लवस्तस्यात्मलोकावरणस्य मोक्षम् Bhāg.8.3.25. -14 Recompense (फल); अग्नावेव देवेषु लोकमिच्छन्ते Bṛi. Up.1.4.15. -15 An object of enjoyment (भोग्यवस्तु); अथो अयं वा आत्मा सर्वेषां भूतानां लोकः Bṛi. Up 1.4.16. -16 Sight, the faculty of seeing (चक्षुरिन्द्रिय); अग्निर्लोकः Bṛi. Up.3.9. 1. -17 An object of sense (विषय); उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. (In compounds लोक is often translated by 'universally', 'generally', 'popularly'; as लोकविज्ञात so ˚विद्विष्ट). -Comp. -अक्षः space, sky. -अतिग a. extraordinary, supernatural. -अतिशय a. superior to the world, extraordinary. -अधिक a. extraordinary, uncommon; सर्वं पण्डितराजराजितिलकेनाकारि लोकाधिकम् Bv.4.44; Ki.2.47. -अधिपः 1 a king. -2 a god or deity. -अधिपतिः a lord of the world. -अनुग्रहः prosperity of mankind. -अनुरागः 'love of mankind', universal love, general benevolence, philanthropy. -अनुवृत्तम् obedience of the people. -अन्तरम् 'another world', the next world, future life; लोकान्तरसुखं पुण्यं तपोदानसमुद्भवम् R.1.69;6.45; लोकान्तरं गम्-प्राप् &c. 'to die'. -अन्तरित a. dead. -अपवादः public scandal, popular censure; लोकापवादो बलवान् मतो मे R.14.4. -अभि- भाविन् a. 1 overcoming the world. -2 pervading the whole world (as light). -अभिलक्षित a. generally liked. -अभ्युदयः public weal or welfare. -अयनः N. of Nārāyaṇa. -अलोकः N. of a mythical mountain that encircles the earth and is situated beyond the sea of fresh water which surrounds the last of the seven continents; beyond लोकालोक there is complete darkness, and to this side of it there is light; it thus divides the visible world from the regions of darkness; प्रकाशश्चा- प्रकाशश्च लोकालोक इवाचलः R.1.68; लोकालोकव्याहतं धर्मराशेः शालीनं वा धाम नालं प्रसर्तुम् Śi.16.83; Mv.5.1,45; ऊर्ध्व- मालोकयामासुः लोकालोकमिवोच्छ्रितम् Parṇāl.3.3; (for further explanation see Dr. Bhāṇḍārkar's note on l. 79 of Māl. 1th Act). (-कौ) the visible and the invisible world. -आकाशः 1 space, sky. -2 (with Jains) a worldly region. -आचारः common practice, popular or general custom, ways of the world; अपि शास्त्रेषु कुशला लोकाचारविवर्जिताः Pt.5.43. -आत्मन् m. the soul of the universe. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the world. -2 the creator of the world. -आयत a. atheistical, materialistic. (-तः) a materialist, an atheist, a follower of Chārvāka. (-तम्) materialism, atheism; (for some account see the first chapter of the Sarvadarśanasaṁgraha). -आयतिकः an atheist, a materialist; कच्चिन्न लोकायतिकान् ब्राह्मणांस्तात सेवसे Rām. 2.1.38. -ईशः 1 a king (lord of the world). -2 Brahman. -3 quick-silver. -उक्तिः f. 1 a proverb, popular saying; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा यतो दग्धानां किल वह्निना हितकरः सेको$पि तस्योद्भवः Pt.1.371. -2 common talk, public opinion. -उत्तर a. extraordinary, uncommon, unusual; लोकोत्तरा च कृतिः Bv.1.69.7; U.2.7. (-रः) a king. ˚वादिन् m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school. -उपक्रोशनम् circulating evil reports among the people; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैर्लोकोपक्रोशनैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -एकबन्धुः an epithet of Śākyamuni. -एषणा 1 desire for heaven; या वितैषणा सा लोकैषणोभे ह्येते एषणे एव भवतः Bṛi. Up.3.5.1. -2 desire for the good opinion of the public. -कण्टकः 1 a troublesome or wicked man, the curse of mankind. -2 an epithet of Rāvaṇa; see कण्टक. -कथा a popular legend, folk-tale. -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator of the world. -कल्प a. 1 resembling the world. -2 regarded by the world. (-ल्पः) a period or age of the world. -कान्त a. liked by the people, popular; भव पितुरनुरूपस्त्वं गुणैर्लोककान्तैः V.5.21. (-न्ता) a kind of medical herb (Mar. मुरुढशेंग). -कारणकारणः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षित् a. inhabiting heaven. -गतिः f. actions of men. -गाथा a song handed down among people, folk-song. -चक्षुस् n. the sun. -चारित्रम् the ways of the world. -जननी an epithet of Lakṣmī. -जित् m. 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 any conqueror of the world. -3 a sage. -a. winning heaven; तद्धैतल्लोकजिदेव Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. -ज्ञ a. knowing the world. -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Buddha. -तत्त्वम् knowledge of mankind. -तन्त्रम् course of the world; निर्मितो लोकतन्त्रो$यं लोकेषु परिवर्तते Bhāg.12.11.29. -तुषारः camphor. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three worlds taken collectively; उत्खात- लोकत्रयकण्टकेपि R.14.73. -दम्भक a. cheating mankind; Ms.4.195. -द्वारम् the gate of heaven. -धर्मः 1 a worldly matter. -2 (with Buddhists) worldly condition. -धातुः a particular division of the world (जम्बु- द्वीप). -धातृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -धारिणी N. of the earth. -नाथः 1 Brahman. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 a king, sovereign. -5 a Buddha -6 the sun. -नेतृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -पः, -पालः 1 a regent or guardian of a quarter of the world; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V.2.18; R.2.75;12.89;17.78; (the lokapālas are eight; see अष्टदिक्पाल). -2 a king, sovereign. -पक्तिः f. esteem of mankind, general respectability. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a king, sovereign. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. the general or usual way, the universally accepted way. -परोक्ष a. hidden from the world. -पितामहः an epithet of Brahman. -प्रकाशनः the sun. -प्रत्ययः universal prevalence. -प्रवादः general rumour, current report, popular talk. -प्रसिद्ध a. well-known, universally known. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 the sun. -2 Śiva. -बाह्य, -वाह्य 1 excluded from society, excommunicated. -2 differing from the world, eccentric, singular; उन्मादवन्नृत्यति लोकबाह्यः Bhāg.11.2.4. (-ह्यः) an outcast. -भर्तृ a. supporter of the people. -भावन, -भाविन् a. promoting the welfare of the world. -मर्यादा an established or current custom. -मातृ f. an epithet of Lakṣmī. -मार्गः an established custom. -यज्ञः desire for the good opinion of the people (लोकैषणा); Mb.1. 18.5. (com. लोकयज्ञो लोकैषणा सर्वो मां साधुमेव जानात्विति वासनारूपः). -यात्रा 1 worldly affairs, the course of worldly life, business of the world; तस्माल्लोकयात्रार्थी नित्यमुद्यत- दण्डः स्यात् Kau. A.1.4; Mb.3.15.31; Dk.2.8; एवं किलेयं लोकयात्रा Mv.7; यावदयं संसारस्तावत् प्रसिद्धैवेयं लोकयात्रा Ve.3. -2 a popular usage or custom; एषोदिता लोकयात्रा नित्यं स्त्रीपुंसयोः शुभा Ms.9.25 -3 worldly existence, career in life; Māl.4,6. -4 support of life, maintenance. -रक्षः a king, sovereign. -रञ्जनम् pleasing the world, popularity. -रवः popular talk or report. -रावण a. tormentor of the people; रावणं लोकरावणम् Rām.3.33.1; Mb.3.148.12. -लेखः 1 a public document. -2 an ordinary letter. -लोचनम् the sun. -वचनम् a popular rumour or report. -वर्तनम् the means by which the world subsists. -वादः public rumour; common talk, popular report; मां लोकवादश्रवणादहासीः R.14.61. -वार्ता popular report, public rumour; कश्चिदक्षर्धूतः कलासु कवित्वेषु लोकवार्तासु चातिवैचक्षण्यान्मया समसृज्यत Dk.2.2. -विद्विष्ट a. disliked by men, generally or universally disliked. -विधिः 1 a mode of proceeding prevalent in the world. -2 the creator of the world. -विनायकाः a class of deities presiding over diseases. -विभ्रमः see लोकव्यवहार; हृष्यत्तनुर्विस्मृतलोकविभ्रमः Bhāg.1.71.26. -विरुद्ध a. opposed to public opinion; यद्यपि शुद्धं लोकविरुद्धं नाकरणीयम् नाचरणीयम्. -विश्रुत a. farfamed, universally known, famous, renowned. -विश्रुतिः f. 1 world-wide fame. -2 unfounded rumour, mere report. -विसर्गः 1 the end of the world; Mb. -2 the creation of the world; Bhāg. -वृत्तम् 1 the way of the world, a custom prevalent in the world; लोकवृत्तमनुष्ठेयं कृतं वो बाष्पमोक्षणम् Rām.4.25.3. -2 an idle talk or gossip; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms.4.11. -वृत्तान्तः, -व्यवहारः 1 the course or ways of the world, general custom; Ś.5. -2 course of events. -व्यवहार a. commonly used, universally current. -व्रतम् general practice or way of the world. -श्रुतिः f. 1 a popular report. -2 world-wide fame. -संसृतिः f. 1 fate, destiny. -2 course through the world. -संकरः general confusion in the world. -संग्रहः 1 the whole universe. -2 the welfare of the world; लोकसंग्रहमेवापि संपश्यन् कर्तुमर्हसि Bg.3.2. -3 worldly experience. -4 propitiation of mankind. -संपन्न a. possessed of worldly wisdom. -संबाधः a throng of men, going and coming; इतस्ततः प्रवेशनिर्गमप्रवृत्तलोकसंबाधम् Dk.2.3. -साक्षिक a. 1 having the world as a witness; in the face of the world; प्रत्यक्षं फलमश्नन्ति कर्मणां लोकसाक्षिकम् Mb.3.32.6. -2 attested by witnesses. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 fire. -साधक a. creating worlds. -साधारण a. common (as a topic); Dk. -सिद्ध a. 1 current among the people, usual, customary. -2 generally received or accepted. -सीमातिवर्तिन् a. extraordinary, supernatural. -सुन्दर a. generally admired. -स्थलम् common occurrence. -स्थितिः f. 1 existence or conduct of the universe, worldly existence; the stability or permanence of the world; ये चैवं पुरुषाः कलासु कुशलास्तेष्वेव लोकस्थितिः Bh.2.22. -2 a universal law. -हास्य a. world-derided, the butt of general ridicule. -हित a. beneficial to mankind or to the world. (-तम्) general welfare.
vajra वज्र a. [वज्-रन् Uṇ.2.28] 1 Hard, adamantine. -2 Severe. -3 Forked, zigzag. -4 Cross. -ज्रः, -ज्रम् 1 A thunderbolt, the weapon of Indra (said to have been formed out of the bones of the sage Dadhīchi q. v.); आशंसन्ते समितिषु सुराः सक्तवैरा हि दैत्यैरस्याधिज्ये धनुषि विजयं पौरुहूते च वज्रे Ś.2.16. -2 Any destructive weapon like the thunderbolt. -3 A diamond-pin, an instrument for perforating jewels; मणौ वज्रसमुत्कीर्णे सूत्रस्येवास्ति मे गतिः R.1.4. -4 A diamond in general, an adamant; वज्रादपि कठोराणि मृदूनि कुसुमादपि U.2.7; R.6.19; मुक्तां मरकतं पद्मरागं वज्रं च विद्रुमम् Śiva B.3.12. -5 Sour gruel. -ज्रः 1 A form of military arrray. -2 A kind of Kuśa grass. -3 N. of various plants. -4 A kind of pillar. -ज्रम् 1 Steel. -2 A kind of talc. -3 Thunderlike or severe language. -4 A child. -5 Emblic myrobalan. -6 The blossom of the sesamum or Vajra plant. -7 Denunciation in strong language. -8 A particular posture in sitting. -Comp. -अंशुकम् cloth marked with various patterns. -अङ्क a. studded with diamonds (Mar. हिरेजडित); ततो जाम्बूनदीः पात्रीर्वज्राङ्का विमलाः शुभाः Mb.12.171.16. -अङ्कित a. marked with Vajra-like symbol. -अङ्गः a snake. -अभ्यासः cross-multiplication. -अशनिः the thunderbolt of Indra; वज्राशनिसम- स्पर्शा अर्जुनेन शरा युधि Mb.6.119.6 -अस्थिः f. Asteracantha Longifolia (Mar. तालिमखाना). -आकरः a diamond mine; बभूव वज्राकरभूषणायाः (पतिः) R.18.21. -आकार, -आकृति a. 1 shaped like वज्र. -2 a crossshaped symbol. -आख्यः a kind of mineral spar. -आघातः 1 a stroke of thunder or lightning. -2 (hence fig.) any sudden shock or calamity. -आभः a kind of spar or valuable stone. -आयुधः an epithet of Indra. -आसनम् 1 a diamond-seat. -2 a particular posture in sitting (the hands being placed in the hollow between the body and the crossed feet). -कङ्कटः an epithet of Hanumat. -कवचः, -चम् 1 adamantine mail. -2 a particular Samādhi. -कालिका N. of the mother of Śākyamuni. -कीटः a kind of insect (boring holes in wood and stone). -कीलः a thunderbolt, an admantine shaft; जीवितं वज्रकीलम् Māl.9.37; cf. U.1.47. -कूटः a mountain consisting of diamonds; स वज्रकूटाङ्गनिपातवेगविशीर्णकुक्षिः स्तनयन्नुदन्वान् Bhāg.3.13.29. -केतुः N. of the demon Naraka. -क्षारम् an alkaline earth. -गोपः = इन्द्रगोपः q. v. -घोष a. sounding like a thunderbolt; R.18.21. -चञ्चुः a vulture. -चर्मन् m. a rhinoceros. -जित् m. N. of Garuḍa. -ज्वलनम्, -ज्वाला lightning. -तरः N. of a kind of very hard cement; Bṛi. S.57.7. -तुण्डः 1 a vulture. -2 mosquito, gnat. -3 N. of Garuḍa. -4 of Gaṇeṣa. -तुल्यः lapis lazuli or azure stone. -दंष्ट्रः a kind of insect. -दक्षिणः N. of Indra. -दण्ड a. having a staff studded with diamonds. -दन्तः 1 a hog. -2 a rat. -दंशनः a rat. -देह, -देहिन् a. having an adamantine or very hardy frame. -धरः 1 an epithet of Indra; वज्रधरप्रभावः R.18.21. -2 an owl. -धारणम् artificial gold. -नाभ a. having a hard nave (said of a wheel); see next word. -नाभः the discus of Kṛiṣṇa; वज्रनाभं ततश्चक्रं ददौ कृष्णाय पावकः Mb. 1.225.23 (com. वज्रं वरत्रासा नाभौ यस्य तत् । सूत्रबद्धशकुनिवत् पुनः प्रयोक्तुर्हस्तमायातीत्यर्थः ॥). -निर्घोषः, -निष्पेषः a clap or peal of thunder. -पञ्जरः a secure refuge, protector; वज्रपञ्जरनामेदं यो रामकवचं स्मरेत् Rāma-rakṣā 13. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Indra; वज्रं मुमुक्षन्निव वज्रपाणिः R.2.42. -2 an owl. -पातः, -पतनम् a stroke of lightning, fall of thunder-bolt; एतद्वैशसवज्रघोरपतनम् U.4.24; यावन्निष्ठुर- वज्रपातसदृशं देहीति नो भाषते Udb. -पुष्पम् 1 the blossom of sesamum. -2 a valuable flower. -भृत् m. an epithet of Indra. -मणिः a diamond, an adamant; छेत्तुं वज्रमणी- ञ्शिरीषकुसुमप्रान्तेन संनह्यते Bh.2.6. -मय a. 1 hard, adamantine. -2 cruel, hard-hearted. -मुखः 1 a kind of insect; कृत्ते वज्रमुखेन नाम कृमिणा दैवान्ममोरुद्वये Karṇabhāra 1.1. -2 a kind of Samādhi. -मुष्टिः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 an adamantine clenched fist. -3 a kind of weapon. -रदः a hog. -लिपिः a particular style of writing. -लेपः 1 a kind of very hard cement; वज्रलेपघटितेव Māl.5. 1; U.4 (for its preparation see Bṛi. S., Chapter 57 'वज्रलेपलक्षणः'). -2 The being ineffaceable, permanent one; अन्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं पुण्यक्षेत्रे विनश्यति । पुण्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं वज्र- लेपो भविष्यति ॥ Subhāṣ. -लोहकः a magnet. -वधः 1 death by thunderbolt. -2 cross-multiplication. -वारकः a title of respect. -व्यूहः a kind of military array. -शल्यः a porcupine. -संघातः N. of a kind of hard cement; Bṛi. S.57.8. -a. having the hardness of adamant; ततः स वज्रसंघातः कुमारो न्यपतद्गिरौ Mb.1.123.27. -सार a. as hard as adamant, having the strength of the thunderbolt, adamantine; क्व च निशितनिपाता वज्रसाराः शरास्ते Ś.1.1; त्वमपि कुसुमबाणान् वज्रसारीकरोषि 3.4. -सूचिः, -ची f. a diamond-needle. -हृदयम् an adamantine heart.
vājasaneyaḥ वाजसनेयः N. of Yājñavalkya, the author of the Vājasaneyi Samhitā or the Śukla Yajurveda.
vājasaneyin वाजसनेयिन् m. 1 N. of the sage Yājñavalkya, the author and founder of the white or Śukla Yajurveda. -2 A follower of the white Yajurveda, one belonging to the sect of the Vājasaneyins. -संहिता the text of the शुक्लयजुर्वेद, ascribed to the Ṛiṣi Yājñavalkya.
vijñānam विज्ञानम् 1 Knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, understanding; यज्जीव्यते क्षणमपि प्रथितं मनुष्यैर्विज्ञानशौर्यविभवार्यगुणैः समेतम् । तन्नाम जीवितमिह ... Pt.1.24;5.3; विज्ञानमयः कोशः 'the sheath of intelligence' (the first of the five sheaths of the soul). -2 Discrimination, discernment. -3 Skill, proficiency; प्रयोगविज्ञानम् Ś.1.2. -4 Worldly or profane knowledge, knowledge derived from worldly experience (opp. ज्ञान which is 'knowledge of Brahma or Supreme Spirit'); ज्ञानं ते$हं सविज्ञानमिदं वक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Bg.7.2;3.41;6.8; (the whole of the 7th Adhyāya of Bg. explains ज्ञान and विज्ञान). -5 Business, employment. -6 Music. -7 Knowledge of the fourteen lores. -8 The organ of knowledge; पञ्चविज्ञानचेतने (शरीरे) Mb.12.187. 12. -9 Knowledge beyond the cognisance of the senses (अतीन्द्रियविषय); विज्ञानं हि महद्भ्रष्टम् Rām.3.71.3. -1 Information; लब्धविज्ञानम् Mb.12.44.5. -Comp. -ईश्वर N. of the author of the Mitākṣarā, a commentary on Yājñavalkya's Smṛiti. -पादः N. of Vyāsa. -मातृकः an epithet of Buddha. -योगः means of arriving at correct knowledge (प्रमाण); केन विज्ञानयोगेन मतिश्चित्तं समास्थिता Mb. 14.21.11. -वादः the theory of knowledge, the doctrine taught by Buddha. -स्कन्धः one of the five स्कन्धs postulated in the Buddhistic philosophy (रूपवेदना- विज्ञानसंज्ञासंस्काराः क्षणिकविज्ञानस्कन्धे स्मृतिरनुपपन्ना ŚB. on MS.1.1.5.
videśaḥ विदेशः Another country, foreign land or country; भजते विदेशमधिकेन जितस्तदनुप्रवेशमथवा कुशलः Śi.9.48; को वीरस्य मनस्विनः स्वविषयः को वा विदेशस्तथा H.1; को विदेशः सविद्यानां किं दूरं व्यवसायिनाम् Chāṇakyaśataka. -Comp. -ज a. exotic, foreign. -प्रवृत्तिज्ञानम् knowledge or forecast of the foreign affairs; Kau. A.1.1. विदेशिन् vidēśin विदेशीय vidēśīya विदेशिन् विदेशीय a. Foreign, exotic. -m. A foreigner.
viniyogaḥ विनियोगः 1 Separation, parting, detachment. -2 Leaving, giving up, abandoning. -3 Employment, use, application, disposal; बभूव विनियोगज्ञः साधनीयेषु वस्तुषु R.17.67; प्राणायामे विनियोगः &c.; अनेनेदं तु कर्तव्यं विनियोगः प्रकीर्तितः ।; आर्ष छन्दश्च दैवत्यं विनियोगस्तथैव च Yogiyājñavalkya. -4 Appointment to a duty, commission, charge; विनि- योगप्रसादा हि किङ्कराः प्रभविष्णुषु Ku.6.62. -5 An obstacle, impediment. -6 Relation, corelation.
viṣṇuḥ विष्णुः [विष् व्यापने नुक् Uṇ.3.39] 1 The second deity of the sacred Triad, entrusted with the preservation of the world, which duty he is represented to have duly discharged by his various incarnations; (for their descriptions see the several avatāras s. v. and also under अवतार); the word is thus popularly derived :- यस्माद्विश्व- मिदं सर्वं तस्य शक्त्या महात्मनः । तस्मादेवोच्यते विष्णुर्विशधातोः प्रवेशनात् ॥. -2 N. of Agni; विष्णुर्नामेह यो$ग्निः Mb.3.221.12. -3 A pious man. -4 N. of a law-giver, author of a Smṛiti called विष्णुस्मृति. -5 N. of one of the Vasus. -6 The lunar mansion called Śravaṇa (presided over by Viṣṇu). -7 N. of the month चैत्र. -Comp. -काञ्ची N. of a town. -क्रमः the step or stride of Viṣṇu. -क्रान्ता N. of various plants. -गुप्तः N. of Chāṇakya. -ग्रन्थिः a particular joint of the body. -जनः a devotee, saint; अध्यगान्मह- दाख्यानं नित्यं विष्णुजनप्रियः Bhāg.1.7.11. -तिथिः N. of the 11th and 12th lunar days of each fortnight. -तैलम् a kind of medicinal oil. -दत्तः N. of परीक्षित. -दैवत्या N. of the eleventh and twelfth days of each fortnight (of a lunar month). -धर्मः 1 Dharma enjoining the proper worship of Viṣṇu. -2 a kind of श्राद्ध. -धर्मोत्तरपुराणम् N. of an उपपुराण. -पदम् 1 the sky, atmosphere. -2 the sea of milk. -3 the foot of Viṣṇu (worshipped at Gayā). -4 a lotus. -पदी 1 an epithet of the Ganges; निर्गता विष्णुपादाब्जात् तेन विष्णुपदी स्मृता Brav. P.; Bhāg.1.19. 7. -2 the sun's passage (into the zodiacal signs वृषभ, सिंह, वृश्चिक and कुम्भ). -पुराणम् N. of one of the most celebrated of the eighteen Purāṇas. -प्रिया 1 basil. -2 Lakṣmī. -प्रीतिः f. land granted rent-free to Brāhmaṇas to maintain Viṣṇu's worship. -माया N. of Durgā. -मित्रः a common name (like अमुक); तस्मादपि विष्णुमित्र इत्यनवस्थितिः Bhāg.5.14.24. -रथः an epithet of Garuḍa. -रातः N. of king Parīkṣita; स विष्णुरातो$तिथय आगताय तस्मै सपर्यां शिरसा जहार Bhāg.1.19.29. -विङ्गी a quail. -लोकः Viṣṇu's world; मुच्यते सर्वपापेभ्यो विष्णुलोकं स गच्छति Stotra. -वल्लभा 1 an epithet of Lakṣmī. -2 the holy basil. -वाहनः, -वाह्यः epithets of Garuḍa. -शक्तिः Lakṣmī -हिता basil.
vṛṣalaḥ वृषलः [वृष् कलच्] 1 A Śudra. -2 A horse. -3 Garlic. -4 A sinner, wicked or irreligious man; वृषो हि भगवान् धर्मस्तस्य यः कुरुते ह्यलम् । वृषलं तं विदुर्देवास्तस्माद्धर्मं न लोपयेत् ॥ Ms.8.16; वृषलो गृञ्जने शूद्रे चन्द्रगुप्ते च राजनि । -5 An outcast. -6 N. of Chandragupta (particularly used by Chaṇakya, see inter alia Mu. acts 1 and 3). -7 A man of one of the three highest classes who has lost his caste by the omission of prescribed duties. -8 A dancer. -9 An ox. -लम् A long pepper.
vedaḥ वेदः [विद्-अच् घञ् वा] 1 Knowledge. -2 Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scripture of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas :- ऋग्वेद, यजुर्वेद and सामवेद, which are collectively called त्रयी 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the अथर्ववेद, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas had two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhitā and Brāhmaṇa. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-pauruṣeya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being, Brahman, and are called Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as distinguished from 'Smṛiti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see श्रुति, स्मृति also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called द्रष्टारः 'seers', and not कर्तारः or सृष्टारः 'composers'.) -3 A bundle of Kuśa grass; पद्माक्षमालामुत जन्तुमार्जनं वेदं च साक्षात्तप एव रूपिणौ Bhāg. 12.8.34; Ms.4.36. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A part of a sacrifice (यज्ञांग). -6 Exposition, comment, gloss. -7 A metre. -8 Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved). -9 N. of the number 'four'. -1 The ritual (वेदयतीति वेदो विधिः); Karma-kāṇda; वेदवादस्य विज्ञानं सत्याभासमिवानृतम् Mb.12.1. 2 (see Nīlakaṇtha's commentary). -11 Smṛiti literature; आम्नायेभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः Mb.12.26.9. -Comp. -अग्रणीः N. of Sarasvatī. -अङ्गम् 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronunciation and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Ved- āṅgas are six in number :-- शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चयः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव वेदाङ्गानि ष़डेव तु ॥; i. e. 1 शिक्षा 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 छन्दस् 'the science of prosody'; 3 व्याकरण 'grammar'; 4 निरुक्त 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 ज्योतिष 'astronomy'; and 6 कल्प 'ritual or ceremonical'). A peculiar use of the word 'वेदाङ्ग' in masculine gender may here be noted; वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogiyājña- valkya-Smṛti 12.34. -अधिगमः, -अध्ययनम् holy study, study of the Vedas; काम्यो हि वेदाधिगमः कर्मयोगश्च वैदिकः Ms.2.2. -अधिपः 1 one who presides over the Veda; ऋग्वेदाधिपतर्जीवो यजुर्वेदाधिपो भृगुः । सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदपः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor. -अनध्ययनम् Remissness in the Vedic study; Ms.3.63. -अन्तः 1 'the end of the Veda', an Upaniṣad (which comes at the end of the Veda). Also -अन्तम् (See quotation from बृहद्योगियाज्ञ- वल्क्यस्मृति under -अङ्ग above). -2 the last of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upaniṣads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called उत्तरमीमांसा being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's पूर्वमीमांसा, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see मीमांसा. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see ब्रह्मन् also). ˚गः, ˚ज्ञः a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अन्तिन् m. a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अभ्यासः 1 the study of the Vedas; वेदाभ्यासो हि विप्रस्य तपः परमिहोच्यते Ms.2.166. -2 the repetition of the sacred syllable Om. -अर्थः the meaning of the Vedas. -अवतारः revelation of the Vedas. -अश्र a. quadrangular. -आदि n., -आदिवर्णः, -आदिवीजम् the sacred syllable. Om. -उक्त a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas. -उदयः N. of the sun (the Sāma Veda being said to have proceeded from him). -उदित a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas; वेदोदितं स्वकं कर्म नित्यं कुर्यादतन्द्रितः Ms. 4.14. -कार the composer of the Veda. -कौलेयकः an epithet of Śiva. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman; कमण्डलुं वेदगर्भः कुशान् सप्तर्षयो ददुः Bhāg.8.18.16. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; तथा दहति वेदज्ञः कर्मजं दोषमात्मनः Ms.12.11. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three Vedas collectively. -दर्शिन् a. one who discerns the sense of the Veda; तपोमध्यं बुधैः प्रोक्तं तपो$न्तं वेददर्शिभिः Ms.11.234. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by the Vedas. -निन्दकः 1 an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). -2 a Jaina or Buddhist. -निन्दा unbelief, heresy; Ms.11.56. -पारगः a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas. -पुण्यम् a merit acquired by the study of the Veda. वेदपुण्येन युज्यते Ms.2.78. -बाह्य a. contrary to the Veda. (-ह्यः) a sceptic. -मातृ f. 1 N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gāyatree q. v. -2 N. of सरस्वती, सावित्री and गायत्री; सूतश्च मातरिश्वा वै कवचं वंदमातरः Mb.5.179.4. -भूतिः (embodiment of the Veda) an honourable title before the names of learned Brāhmaṇas. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् a Vedic text. -वदनम् grammar. -वादः see वेदः (1); तदुक्तं वेदवादेषु गहनं वेददर्शिभिः Mb.12.238.11 (com.); Vedic discussion; यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः Bg. 2.42. -वासः a Brāhmaṇa. -वाह्य a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda. -विद् m. 1 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -वद्वस् a. conversant with the Vedas; ब्राह्मणान् वेदविदुषो यज्ञार्थं चैव दक्षिणाम् Ms. 11.4. -विहित a. enjoined by the Vedas. -व्यासः an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see व्यास. -शास्त्रम् the doctrine of the Vedas; Ms.4.26. -श्रुतिः Vedic revelation. -संन्यासः givig up the ritual of the Vedas. -संमत, -संमित a. sanctioned by the Vedas.
vaiśampāyanaḥ वैशम्पायनः N. of a celebrated pupil of Vyāsa; जनमे- जयेन पृष्टः सन् ब्राह्मणैश्च सहस्रशः । शशास शिष्यमासीनं वैशम्पायन- मन्तिके ॥ Mb. [It was he who made Yājñavalkya 'disgorge the whole of the Yajurveda he had learnt from him which was picked up by his other pupils in the form of Tittiris or partridges; and hence the Veda was called 'Taittirīya'. Vaīśampāyana was celebrated for his great skill in narrating Purāṇas, and is said to have recounted the whole of the Mahābhārata to king Janamejaya].
śakya शक्य pot. p. 1 Possible, practicable, capable of being done or effected (usually with an inf.); शक्यो वारयितुं जलेन हुतभुक् Bh.2.11; R.2.49,54. -2 Fit to be effected. -3 Easy to be effected. -4 Directly conveyed or expressed (as the meaning of a word); शक्यो$र्थो$भि- धया ज्ञेयः S. D.1. -5 Potential. -6 Of agreeable or sweet address; 'शक्यः प्रियंवदः प्रोक्तः' इति हलायुधः; शक्यः संविभागशीलः Dk.2.5. (The form शक्यम् is sometimes used as a predicative word with an inf. in a passive sense, the real object of the infinitive being in the nom. case; एवं हि प्रणयवती सा शक्यमुपेक्षितुं कुपिता M.3. 22; शक्यं... अविरलमालिङ्गितुं पवनः Ś.3.6; विभूतयः शक्यमवाप्तु- मूर्जिताः Subhāś.; न हि देहभृता शक्यं त्यक्तुं कर्माण्यशेषतः Bg. 18.11.). -Comp. -अर्थः the meaning directly expressed. -प्रतीकार a. remediable. -सामन्तता the state of being able to conquer the neighbouring kings. शक्यता śakyatā शक्यत्वम् śakyatvam शक्यता शक्यत्वम् 1 Possibility, practicability. -2 Capacity, capability.
śīghra शीघ्र a. Quick, rapid, speedy; विभ्रन्मणि मण्डलचारशीघ्रः V.5.2; शीघ्रकृत्यम् 'urgent business'; Pt.3.17. -घ्रम् Conjunction or parallax (in astr.). -घ्रम् ind. Quickly, swiftly, rapidly. -घ्रा Croton polyandrum (दन्ती). -Comp. -उच्चः conjunction (in astr.). -कर्मन् n. the calculation of the conjunction of a planet. -कारिन् a. 1 expeditious, quick. -2 acute (as a disease). -केन्द्रम् the distance from the conjunction (of a planet). -कोपिन् a. choleric, irascible. -चेतनः a dog (being sagacious); बह्वाशी स्वल्पसंतुष्टः सुनिद्रः शीघ्रचेतनः Chāṇakyanīti. -चेतना f. N. of the medicinal herb (अतिबला). -परिधिः m. the epicycle of the conjunction of a planet. -पुष्पः Agati Grandiflora (अगस्ति). -फलम् the equation of the conjunction. -बुद्धि a. acute, sharp-witted. -लङ्घन a. going rapidly, swift of foot; Ghaṭ.8. -वेधिन् m. a good archer.
saṃtuṣṭa संतुष्ट p. p. Satisfied, pleased, contented; आत्मन्येव च संतुष्टस्तस्य कार्यं न विद्यते Bg.3.17; असंतुष्टा द्विजा नष्टाः संतुष्टाश्च महीभुजः Chāṇakya-nītisāra 8.
saṃdohaḥ संदोहः 1 Milking. -2 The whole quantity of anything, a multitude, heap, mass, assemblage; कुन्दमाकन्द- मधुबिन्दुसंदोहवाहिना मारुतेनोत्ताभ्यति Māl.3; Bv.4.9; Bhāg. 1.14.37; ननु सर्वाक्षौहिणीसंदोहेन छादयिष्ये जयद्रथम् Dūtavākyam 1; (शिलीमुखानां) संदोहं द्रुतमुदपादयन् परेषु Śiva B. 24.62. -3 The whole milk (of a herd).
sarva सर्व Pron. a. [सृतमनेन विश्वमिति सर्वम् Uṇ.1.151] (nom. pl. सर्वे m.) 1 All, every; उपर्युपरि पश्यन्तः सर्व एव दरिद्रति H.2.2; रिक्तः सर्वो भवति हि लघुः पूर्णता गौरवाय Me. 2. -2 Whole, entire, complete. -र्वः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -र्वम् Water. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the whole body. -2 all the Vedāṅgas. (-ङ्गः or ˚रूपः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गीण a. pervading or thrilling through the whole body; सर्वाङ्गीणः स्पर्शः सुतस्य किल V.5.11. -अधिकारिन् -m., -अध्यक्षः a general superintendent. -अनुक्रमणिका, -क्रमणी a general index. -अनुदात्त a. entirely accentless. -अन्नीन a. eating every kind of fodd; so सर्वान्न- भोजिन् &c. -अपरत्वम् final emancipation. -अभावः nonexistence or failure of all; इतरेषां तु वर्णानां सर्वाभावे हरेन्नृपः Ms.9.189. -अभिसन्धिक a. deceiving every one; Ms.4.195. -अभिसन्धिन् m. 1 a traducer, calumniator. -2 a religious hypocrite. -अभिसारः a complete army (of elephants, chariots, cavalry, and infantry). -अर्थचिन्तकः a general overseer, chief officer. -अर्थ- साधिका N. of Durgā. -अर्थसिद्धः the great Buddha or Śākyamuni. -अवसरः midnight. -अशिन् a. eating all sorts of food; Ms.2.118. -अस्तिवादः the doctrine that all things are real. -आकार (in comp.) entirely, thoroughly, completely; सर्वाकारहृदयंगमायास्तस्याः Māl.1.7; 1.14. -आत्मन् m. 1 the whole soul; (सर्वात्मना entirely, completely, thoroughly.). -2 N. of Śiva. -आधारः a receptacle of everything. -आशयः, -आश्रयः N. of Śiva. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a paramount lord. -उत्तम a. best of all, excellent, supremely good. -ऋतुपरिवर्तः a year; L. D. B. -ओघः = सर्वाभिसार above. -करः, -कर्मन् m. N. of Śiva. -कर्तृ m. 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. -कर्मीण a. performing everything. -कामः, कामदः, कामवरः N. of Śiva. -कामिक a. 1 fulfilling all wishes. -2 obtaining all one's desires. -काम्य a. 1 loved by all. -2 having everything one can desire. -कालीन a. for all time, perpetual. -केशिन् m. an actor. -क्षारः impure carbonate of soda or potash. -क्षित् a. abiding in all things. -ग a. all-pervading, omnipresent. (-गः) 1 Śiva. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 Brahman. -4 the spirit, soul. (-गम्) water. -गा the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -गामिन्, -गति a. all-pervading, omnipresent. -गतिः the refuge of all. -ग्रन्थिः, -ग्रन्थिकम् the root of long pepper. -चारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -जनीन a. 1 world-wide, famous. -2 relating to every one. -3 salutary to every one. -जित् a. 1 excellent, incomparable. -2 all-conquering, invincible. -m. 1 death. -2 the 21st संवत्सर. -जीवः the soul of all. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. all-knowing, omniscient. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Buddha. -3 the Supreme Being. -ज्ञा N. of Durgā. -ज्ञातृ a. omniscient. -तन्त्रः one who has studied all the Tantras. ˚सिद्धान्तः a doctrine admitted by all the schools. -तापनः the god of love. -दः N. of Śiva. -दम, -दमन a. all-subduing, irresistible. (-m.) N. of Bharata, son of Duṣyanta; इहायं सत्त्वानां प्रसभदमनात् सर्व- दमनः Ś.7.33. -दर्शनसंग्रहः a compendium of all the schools or systems of philosophy by Mādhavāchārya. -दर्शिन् a. all-seeing. -m. 1 a Buddha. -2 the Supreme Being. -दुःखक्षयः final emancipation from all existence. -दृश् a. all-seeing. f. (pl.) all organs of senses. -देवमय a. comprising all the gods. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -देवमुखः an epithet of Agni. -द्रष्टृ a. all-seeing. -धनम् (in arith.) the total of a sum in progression. -धन्विन् m. the god of love. -धारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -धुरीणः A beast carrying all burdens; a draught ox. -नामन् n. a class of pronominal words. ˚स्थानम् N. for the nom. (all numbers) and acc. sing. and dual of masculine and feminine nouns and nom. and add. pl. of neuter nouns; cf. सुट् also. -निक्षेपा a particular method of counting. -निराकृति a. causing to forget everything. -पारशव a. made entirely of iron. -पार्षदम् a text book received by all grammatical schools. -पूर्णत्वम् complete preparation. -प्रथमम् ind. first of all. -प्रद a. all-bestowing. -प्रिय a. popular, liked by all. -बलम् a particular high number. -भक्षः fire. -भक्षा a female goat. -भवारणिः the cause of all welfare. -भावः allbeing or nature; (सर्वभावेन 'with all one's heart, sincerely, heart and soul'). -भावकरः, -भावनः N. of Śiva. -भृत् a. all-supporting. -मङ्गला an epithet of Pārvatī. -मांसाद a. eating every kind of flesh; मत्स्यादः सर्वमांसादस्तस्मान्मत्स्यान् विवर्जयेत् Ms.5.15. -मुख a. facing in every direction. -मूल्यम् A cowrie. -मूषकः 'all-stealing', time. -मेधः a universal sacrifice; राजसूयाश्वमेधौ च सर्वमेधं च भारत Mb.14.3.8. -योगिन् m. N. of Śiva. -योनिः the source of all. -रसः 1 the resinous exudation of the Sāla tree, resin. -2 salt, saltness. -3 a kind of musical instrument. -4 a learned man. ˚उत्तमः salt. -लालसः N. of Śiva. -लिङ्गिन् m. 1 an impostor. -2 a heretic. -लोकः the universe. -लोहः an iron arrow. -वर्णिन् a. of various kinds; खादिरान् बिल्वसमितांस्तावतः सर्ववर्णिनः Mb.14.88. 27 (com. वर्णिनः पलाशकाष्ठमयाः). -वल्लभा an unchaste woman. -वासः, -वासिन् m., -विख्यातः, -विग्रहः N. of Śiva. -विक्रयिन् a. selling all kinds of things; Ms.2. 118. -वेदः a man who has studied the four Vedas. -वेदस् m. one who performs a sacrifice by giving away all his wealth; Ms.11.1. (-सम्) all one's property; उशन् ह वै वाजश्रवसः सर्ववेदसं ददौ Kath.1.1; चतुर्थे चायुषः शेषे वानप्रस्थाश्रमं त्यजेत् । सद्यस्कारां निरूप्येष्टिं सर्ववेदसदक्षिणाम् ॥ Mb.12.244.23. -वेशिन् m. an actor. -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading. -शक् a. omnipotent, allpowerful. -शान्तिकृत् m. N. of Śakuntalā's son, Bharata. -संस्थ a. 1 Omnipresent. -2 all destroying. -सखः a sage; शान्तो यथैक उत सर्वसखैश्चरामि Bhāg.1. 85.45. -संगतः a kind of quick-growing rice. -a. 1 appropriate in every respect. -2 met with universally. -संग्रहः a general or universal collection. -संनहनम्, -संनाहः assembling of a complete army, a complete armament; see -अभिसारः. -समता equality towards everything; स सर्वसमतामेत्य ब्रह्माभ्येति परं पदम् Ms. 12.125. -समाहर a. all-destroying. -संपन्न a. provided with everything. -संपातः all that remains. -सरः a kind of ulcer in the mouth. -सह a. all-forbearing, very patient; स त्वं जगत्त्राणखलप्रहाणये निरूपितः सर्वसहो गदाभृता Bhāg.9.5.9. (-हः) bdellium. (-हा, also सर्वसहा) the earth. -साक्षिन् a. all-witnessing. (-m.) 1 N. of the Supreme Being. -2 N. of wind. -3 of Agni. -साधनः Śiva. -साधारण, -सामान्य a. common to all. -सिद्धिः f. universal success. (-m.) the Bilva tree. -स्वम् 1 everything, the whole of one's possessions; as in सर्वस्वदण्डः, सर्वस्वहरणम् 'confiscation of the whole property'. -2 the very essence, the all-in-all of anything; सर्वस्वं तदहो महाकविगिरां कामस्य चाम्भोरुह Subhāṣ.; see Ś.1.24;6.1; Māl.8.6; Bv.1.63. -स्वारः Vedic sacrifice (एकाह) in which the sacrificer commits suicide (usually a man suffering from some incurable desease with little hope of life); अननन्द निरीक्ष्यायं पुरे तत्रात्मघातिनम् । सर्वस्वारस्य यज्वानमेनं दृष्ट्वाथ विव्यथे । N.17.22. -हर a. 1 appropriating everything. -2 inheriting a person's whole property. -3 all-destroying (as death); मृत्युः सर्वहरश्चाहम् Bg.1.34. -हरणम्, -हारः confiscating of one's entire property; सर्वहारं हरेन्नृपः Ms.8.399. -हितम् black pepper.
skandhaḥ स्कन्धः [स्कन्द्यते आरुह्यते$सौ सुखेन शाखया वा कर्मणि घञ् पृषो˚; cf. Uṇ.4.26] 1 The shoulder; महर्षभस्कन्ध- मनूनकन्धरम् Ki.14.4. -2 The body; सूक्ष्मयोनीनि भूतानि तर्कगम्यानि कानिचित् । पक्ष्मणो$पि निपातेन येषां स्यात् स्कन्धपर्ययः ॥ Mb.12.15.26. -3 The trunk or stem of a tree; तीव्राघातप्रतिहततरुस्कन्धलग्नैकदन्तः Ś.1.32; R.4.57; Me.55. -4 A branch or large bough; स्कन्धाधिरूढोज्ज्वलनीलकण्ठान् Śi.4.7. -5 A department or branch of human knowledge; Śi.2.28. -6 A chapter, section, division (of a book). -7 A division or detachment of an army; द्वितीयं प्रेषयामास बलस्कन्धं युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.196. 9; R.4.3. -8 A troop, multitude, group; 'स्कन्धः स्यान्नृपतौ वंशे साम्परायसमूहयोः' इति मेदिनी; Mb.14.45.1. -9 The five objects of sense. -1 The five forms of mundane consciousness (in Buddhistic phil.); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वाङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् Śi.2.28. -11 War, battle. -12 A king. -13 An agreement. -14 A road, way; Mb.3. -15 A wise or learned man. -16 A heron. -17 Articles used at the coronation of a king. -18 A part (अंश); तदवध्यानविस्रस्तपुण्यस्कन्धस्य भूरिदः Bhāg.11.23.1. -न्धा 1 A branch. -2 A creeper. -Comp. -अग्निः, -अनलः the trunk of a tree set on fire, fire made with thick logs. -आवारः 1 an army or a division of it; स्कन्धावारमसौ निवेश्य विषमे सौवेलमूर्ध्नि स्वयम् Mv.6.17; Dūtavākyam 1. -2 a royal capital or residence; तत्तु दृष्ट्वा पुरं तच्च स्कन्धावारं च पाण्डवाः Mb.1.185. 6. -3 a camp; स्कन्धावारनिवेशः Kau. A.1; उपप्लव्यं स गत्वा तु स्कन्धावारं प्रविश्य च Mb.5.8.25. -उपानेय a. to be carried on the shoulders. (-यः) a form of peaceoffering in which fruit or grain is presented, as a mark of submission. -घनः cognition; अन्यस्मिन् स्कन्धघने- $न्येन स्कन्धघनेन यज्ज्ञानं तत् तत्संततिजेनान्येनोपलभ्यते नातत्सं- ततिजेनान्येन । तस्मात् शून्याः स्कन्धघना इति ŚB. on MS.1.1.5. -चापः a sort of pole or yoke for carrying burdens; cf. शिक्य (Mar. काव़ड). -जः a tree growing from a principal stem. -तरुः the cocoa-nut-tree. -देशः 1 the shoulder; इदमुपहितसूक्ष्मग्रन्थिना स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19. -2 that part of the elephant's body, where the driver sits. -3 the stem of a tree. -परिनिर्वाणम् the annihilation of the elements of being (with Buddhists). -पीठम् the shoulder-blade. -फलः 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the Bilva tree. -3 the glomerous fig-tree. -बन्धना a sort of fennel. -मल्लकः a heron. -रुहः the (Indian) fig-tree. -वाहः, -वाहकः an ox trained to carry burdens, pack-bullock. -शाखा a principal branch, the forked branch issuing from the upper stem of a tree. -शृङ्गः a buffalo. -स्कन्धः every shoulder.
Macdonell Search
38 results
aṅkya fp. to be marked, -branded.
atarkya fp. inconceivable.
atyautsukya n. great impatience.
anabhiśaṅkya fp. not to be mistrusted.
apratarkya fp. inconceivable; whose destination is unknown.
alokya a. unusual; improper, in admissible; excluding from heaven.
ātiraikya n. redundancy.
ādhikya n. excess; superiority, pre-eminence.
ānarthakya n. uselessness.
āstikya n. belief in God, piety.
udakya a. being in the water; â, f. menstruating: -gamana, n. intercourse with a woman in her courses.
aikya n. oneness, unity, identity.
autsukya n. yearning, desire; impatience; zeal.
autkaṇṭhya autkanth-ya, autkya n. yearning.
cāṇakya a. made of chick-peas; m. pat. (from Kanaka), N. of Kandragupta's minister.
cārcikya n. anointing the body.
trailokya n. the three worlds; -râg ya, n. sovereignty of the three worlds; -½adhi patitva, -½âdhipatya, n. id.
nāsikya a. nasal.
nāstikya n. unbelief; -karma- nâm, disbelief in the effect of works.
pārakya a. belonging to or meant for another; alien, hostile; m. enemy.
pautināsikya n. affliction of a foul-smelling nose.
bṛhaccāṇakya n. the great collection of aphorisms by Kânakya; (-ák)- khandas, a. having a high roof; (-ák)-kha rîra, a. having a large body, tall; -khuka, m. kind of woodpecker; -khoka, a.greatly afflicted; -khravas, a. loud-sounding; far-famed; -khloka, a. far-famed; m. N.; -gyot is, a. far-shining; m. N. of a grandson of Brahman.
māṇikya n. ruby; m. N.: -maya, a. made or consisting of rubies; -½adri, m. N. of a mountain.
maukya n. [fr. mûka] dumbness.
lokya a. bestowing worlds or free dom; pervading the world; customary, law ful; correct, real; usual, every-day.
laukya a. belonging to the world, mundane; common, ordinary.
vākovākya n. dialogue; N. of certain portions of Vedic tradition.
kyatva n. condition of being a word, speech, or sentence; consisting in words; --°ree;, pronunciation; -pûrana, a. fill ing up the sentence; -prabandha, m. con tinuous speech, narrative; -bheda,m. differ ence of statement: pl. contradictory state ments: vâkyabhedâd anighâtah, owing to the sharp division of the sentence (i. e. be cause there is a new sentence) there is no grave accent (i. e. the verb is accented with the acute); -mâlâ, f. concatenation of sentences; -vagra, n. sg. & pl. words like thunderbolts; -visesha, m. special saying; -sesha, m. com plement of a sentence, word to be supplied; -samyoga, m. grammatical construction; -sârathi, m. spokesman; -svara, m. sentence accent.
kya n. [√ vak] sg. & pl. utterance, speech, words (ord. mg.); (legal) evidence; ex press statement (opp. li&ndot;ga, indication); mode of expression; argument (in logic); sentence (in grammar);mama vâkyât, in my name.
śakya fp. possible, practicable, capable of being (inf. w. ps. mg.: -m, n. is used impersonally or with a subject in a different gender or number); to be subdued, conquerable; literal, explicit (meaning: opp. indicated or suggested): -pratîkâra, a. capable of removal, remediable; -rûpa, a. possible to be (inf. w. ps. mg.); -sa&ndot;ka, a. admitting of doubt; -sâmanta-tâ, f. condition in which neighbouring kings are conquerable.
śaṅkya fp. to be distrusted; -ex pected or assumed; n. imps. one should fear.
śākya m. [pat. fr. saka] N. of a warrior tribe in Kapilavastu, which derived its origin from the sun, and in which Bud- dha was born: -pâla, m. N. of a king; -pu trîya, m. Buddhistic monk; -bhikshu,m. Buddhistic mendicant: -kî, f. Buddhistic mendicant nun; -muni, m. Ascetic of the Sâkyas, ep. of Buddha; -sâsana, n. religion of Buddha; -simha, m. Lion of the Sâkyas, ep. of Buddha.
śikya n. (V., C.) carrying sling; ves sel or scale suspended by strings.
saṃketavākya n. watchword; -stha, a. appearing by assignation; -sthâna, n. place of assignation; object agreed upon by signs.
sālokya n. [saloka] residence in the same world, as (in. + saha, g., --°ree;).
sautsukya a. [sotsuka] expectant, impatient.
vārddhakya n. old age.
stokīya stok-îya, stokya a. relat ing to drops (said of oblations of melted but ter and of verses employed while drops are falling).
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"kya" has 82 results
kyacommon term for the Vikaraṇas क्यच् , क्यङ् and क्यञ्; confer, compare न: क्ये P. I. 4.15, also confer, compare P.III.2.170, VI. 4. 50.
ādhikyasuperfluity, superiority, notion of surplus; cf यदत्राधिक्यं वाक्यार्थः सः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.3.46, II.3. 50.
ānarthakyaabsence of any utility; superfluity; absence of any object or purpose; confer, compare स्थानिवद्वचनानर्थक्यं शास्त्रासिद्धत्वात् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.1.86 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5 confer, compare also P.VI.1.158 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; VI.1.161 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, VI.1.166 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, VI.1.167 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
ānunāsikyanasalization; utterance through the nose, an additional property possessed by vowels and the fifth letters of the 5 classes (ङ्, ञ्, ण् ,न्, म्) confer, compare आनुनासिक्यं तेषामधिको गुणः M.Bh. on I.1.9.
ekavākyaan expression giving one idea, either a single or a composite one. A positive statement and its negation, so also, a general rule and its exception are looked upon as making a single sentence on account of their mutual expectancy even though they be sometimes detached from each other confer, compare विदेशस्थमपि सदेकवाक्यं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.4.67; confer, compare also निषेधवाक्यानामपि निषेध्यविशेषाकाङ्क्षत्वाद्विध्येकवाक्यतयैव अन्वयः । तत्रैकवाक्यता पर्युदासन्यायेन । संज्ञाशास्त्रस्य तु कार्यकालपक्षे न पृथग्वाक्यार्थबोधः । Par. Śek on Pari. 3. Such sentences are, in fact, two sentences, but, to avoid the fault of गौरव, caused by वाक्यभेद, grammarians hold them to be composite single sentences.
m̐ nāsikyaa nasal letter or utterance included among the अयोगवाह letters analogous to anusvāra and yama letters. It is mentioned in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as हुँ इति नासिक्यः on which Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.makes the remark अयमृक्शाखायां प्रसिद्धः. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya mentions नासिक्य, यम and अनुस्वार as नासिक्य or nasal letters, while Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.defines नासिक्य as a letter produced only by the nose; confer, compare केवलनासिकया उच्चार्यमाणे वर्णॊ नासिक्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya calls the letter ह् as nāsikya when it is followed by the consonant न् or ण् or म् and gives अह्नाम् , अपराह्णे and ब्रह्म as instances. The Pāṇinīya Śikṣā does not mention नासिक्य as a letter. The Mahābhāṣya mentions नासिक्य as one of the six ayogavāha letters; confer, compare के पुनरयोगवाहाः । विसर्जनीयजिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयानुस्वारानुनासिक्ययमाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, where some manuscripts read नासिक्य for अानुनासिक्य while in some other manuscripts there is neither the word आनुनासिक्य nor नासिक्य. It is likely that the anunāsika-colouring given to the vowel preceding the consonant सू substituted for the consonants म, न् and others by P. VIII. 3.2. to 12, was looked upon as a separate phonetic unit and called नासिक्य as for instance in सँस्कर्ता, मा हिँसीः, सँशिशाधि et cetera, and others
kātthakyaan ancient writer of Nirukta quoted by Yāska in his Nirukta.
kaimarthakyaiit. position of questioning the utility; absence of any apparent utility: confer, compare कैमर्थक्यान्नियमो भवति विधेयं नास्तीति कृत्वा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 4.3, III.1.46; III.2.127, III. 3.19; VI.4.49, VII.2.26, and VIII.4.32.
kyaaffix य taking Ātmanepada terminations after it, added in the sense of similar behaviour to a substantive. The substantive to which this affix य is added, becomes a denominative root; e. g. काकः श्येनायते, कुमुदं पुष्करायते, confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.11-12, also on P. III, 1.14-18.
kyacdenominative affix ( विकरण ) in the sense of desiring for oneself, added to nouns to form denomitive roots; exempli gratia, for example पुत्रीयति; क्यच् is also added to nouns that are upamānas or standards of comparison in the sense of (similar) behaviour: exempli gratia, for example पुत्रीयति च्छात्रम्: confer, compare Kāś. on P. III.1.8, 10. It is also added in the sense of 'doing' to the words नमस्, वरिवस् and चित्र; e. g. नमस्यति देवान्, वरिवस्यति गुरून् , चित्रीयते ; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.19.
kyapkṛt afix य applied to the roots व्रज् and यज् in the sense of 'verbal activity' and to the roots अजू with सम्, षद् with नि et cetera, and others to form proper nouns e. g. व्रज्या, इज्या, समज्या, निषद्या et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. III. 3.98 and 99; (2) kṛtya affix य in the sense of 'should be done' applied to the roots वद्, भू and हन् (when preceded by certain words put as upapada), as also to roots with penultimate ऋ and the roots मृज्, इ, स्तु and others; e. g. ब्रह्मोद्यम् , ब्रह्मभूयम् , इत्यम् , स्तुत्यम् et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1. 106,121.
kyaaffix य added to certain nouns like लोहित and others to form denominative roots after which terminations of both the padas are placed exempli gratia, for example लोहितायति, लोहितायते; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.13.
kṣamāmāṇikyaa Jain grammarian who wrote a small grammar work known as Aniṭkārikāvivaraṇa.
nāsikyaletters or phonetic elements produced in the nose; confer, compare नासिकायां यमानुस्वारनासिक्याः Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 12. See ( नासिक्य ).
padavākyaratnākaraa disquisition on grammar dealing with the different ways in which the sense of words is conveyedition The work consists of a running commentary on his own verses by the author Gokulanātha Miśra who, from internal evidence, appears to have flourished before Koņdabhațța and after Kaiyața.
māṇikyadevaa Jain writer who has written a gloss on the Unadisutras consisting of ten chapters popularly called उणादिसूत्रदशपादी.
kyaa sentence giving an idea in a single unit of expression consisting of the verb with its karakas or instruments and adverbs; confer, compareअाख्यातं साब्ययं सकारकं सकारकविशेषणं वाक्यसंज्ञं भवतीति वक्तव्यम् | साव्ययम् | उच्चैः पठति | सकारकम् | ओदनं पचति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 10. Regarding the different theoretical ways of the interpretation of a sentence see the word शाब्दबोध. For details, see वाक्यपदीय II. 2 where the different definitions of वाक्य are given and the अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट is established as the sense of a sentence.
kyakāṇḍaname given to the second chapter of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya in which problems regarding the interpretation of a sentence are fully discussedition
kyakāraa term used for a writer who composes a work in pithy, brief assertions in the manner of sutras, such as the Varttikas. The term is found used in Bhartrhari's Mahabhasyadipika where by contrast with the term Bhasyakara it possibly refers to the varttikakara Katyayana; confer, compare एषा भाष्यकारस्य कल्पना न वाक्यकारस्य Bhartrhari Mahabhasyadipika. confer, compare also Nagesa's statement वाक्यकारो वार्तिकरमारभते: confer, compare also चुलुम्पादयो वाक्यकारीया ; Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti.
kyapadīname of a work on the denotation of words in verse-form with a comentary of his own written by a grammarian named गङ्गादास. The name वाक्यपदी is confounded with वाक्यपदीय of Bhartrhari through mistake.
kyapadīyaa celebrated work on meanings of words and sentences written by the famous grammarian Bhartrhari ( called also Hari ) of the seventh century. The work is looked upon as a final authority regarding the grammatical treatment of words and sentences,for their interpretation and often quoted by later grammarians. It consists of three chapters the Padakanda or Brahmakanda, the Vakyakanda and the Samkirnakanda, and has got an excellent commentary written by Punyaraja and Helaraja.
kyapadīyaṭīkāname of a commentary on Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya written by Punyaraja on the first and the second Kanda. Some scholars hold the view that the commentary on the first knda was written by Bhartrhari himselfeminine.
kyapadīyaprakīrṇaprakāśaname given to the commentary on the third Kanda or book of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya by Helaraja.
kyaparisamāpticompletion of the idea to be expressed in a sentence or in a group of sentences by the wording actually given, leaving nothing to be understood as contrasted with वाक्यापरिसमाप्ति used in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare वाक्यापरिसमाप्तेर्वा P.I.1.10 vart. 4 and the Mahabhasya thereon. There are two ways in which such a completion takes place,singly and collectively; cf प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः: illustrated by the usual example देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम् where Patanjali remarks प्रत्येकं ( प्रत्यवयवं) भुजिः परिसमाप्यते; cf also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः where Patajali remarks गर्गा: शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम् | अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति न च प्रत्येकं दण्डयन्ति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.1Vart.12: cf also M.Bh. on P.I.1.7, I.2.39, II.2.l et cetera, and others वाक्यप्रकाश a work on the interpretation of sentences written with a commentary upon it by उदयधर्ममुनि of North Gujarat who lived in the seventeenth century A.D.
kyapradīpaa term sometimes seen (wrongly) applied to the Vakyapadiya of Bhartrhari. It may have been the name of the commentary on the vakyaprakasa.
kyabhedaa serious fault of expression when a sentence is required to be divided into two sentences for the sake of its proper interpretation: cf केचिद्वा सुप्यापिशलेरित्यनुवर्तयन्ति तद्वाक्य भेदेन सुब्धातौ विकल्पं करोति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. onP.VI. 1.94: cf also तद्धि ( स्थानेग्रहणं ) तृतीयया विपरिणमय्य वाक्यभेदेन स्थानिन: प्रसङ्गे जायमानः et cetera, and others Par. Sek. on Pari. 13.
kyaśeṣacomplement of a sentence: something reguired to be understood to complete the sense of a sentence generally according to the context confer, compareकल्प्यो हि वाक्यशेषो वाक्यं वक्तर्यघीनं हि । M.Bh. on P. I. 1.57 Vart. 6, confer, compare कामचारश्च वतिनिर्देशे वाक्यशेषं समर्थयितुंम् | तद्यथा । उशीनखन्मद्रेषु गावः । सन्ति न सन्तीति i मातृवदस्याः कलाः ! सन्तिं न सन्तीति ! M.Bh. on P.I.3.62.
kyasaṃskārapakṣathe grammarian's theory that as the individual words have practically no existence as far as the interpretation or the expression of sense is concerned, the sentence alone being capable of conveying the sense, the formation of individual words in a sentence' is explained by putting them in a sentence and knowing their mutual relationship. The word गाम् cannot be explained singly by showing the base गो and the case ending अम् unless it is seen in the sentence गाम् अानय; confer, compare यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे कृष्णादिसंबुद्धयन्त उपपदे ऋधेः क्तिनि कृते कृष्ण ऋध् ति इति स्थिते असिद्धत्वात्पूर्वमाद्गुणे कृते अचो रहाभ्यामिति द्वित्वं .. Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 99The view is put in alternation with the other view, viz. the पदसंस्कारपक्ष which has to be accepted in connection with the गौणमुख्यन्याय; cf पदस्यैव गौणार्थकत्वस्य ग्रहेण अस्य ( गौणमुख्यन्यायस्य) पदकार्यविषयत्वमेवोचितम् | अन्यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे तेषु तदनापत्तिः Par. Sek. on Pari. 15, The grammarians usually follow the वाक्यसंकारपक्ष.
kyaikadeśapart of a sentence which sometimes, on the strength of the context, conveys the whole meaning confer, compare दृश्यन्ते हिं वाक्येषु वाक्येकदेशान् प्रयुञ्जाना: पदेषु च पदैकदेशान् | प्रविश पिण्डीम् | प्रविश तर्पणम् पदेषु पदकैदेशान् देवदत्तो दत्तः | सत्यभामा भामेति M.Bh. on P.I.1.45 Vart. 3.
vidhivākyaan injunctive statement or sentence.
vidheyakavākyaforming one single statement or idea with the prescriptive statement: union with the prescriptive rule so as to form one rule with it. The term is used in connection with प्रतिषेध or prohibitive assertions which have to be explained in combination with the prescriptive sentences or vidhivakyas; confer, compare निषेधवाक्यानामपि निषेध्यविशेषाकाङ्क्षत्वाद्विध्येकवाक्यतयैवान्वयः Par. Sek. on Pari. 2, 3.
śakyawhich forms the object pointed out by means of the potentiality to the hearer by the word (id est, that is शब्द) which directly communicates the sense, in which case it is termed वाचक as contrasted with भेदक or द्योतक when the sense,which is of the type of संबन्ध is conveyed rather indirectly. This nice division into वाचकता and भेदकता was introduced clearly by भर्तृहरि: confer, compare Vakyapadtya Kanda 2.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
aniṭkārikāvivaraṇaa short commentary by Kṣamāmāṇikya on the work Aniṭkārikā, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
uddeśyavidheyabhāvarelationship between the subject and the predicate where generally the subject is placed first in a sentence; confer, compare उद्देश्यवचनं पूर्वं विधेयत्वं ततः परम् । confer, compare also तादात्म्यसंसर्गकस्थले विशेष्यत्वमेव उद्देश्यं विशेषणत्वमेव विधेयम् Padavākyaratnākara.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upasargadyotyatāthe view or doctrine that prefixes, by themselves, do not possess any sense, but they indicate the sense of the verb or noun with which they are connectedition For details See Vākyapadīya II.165-206; also vol. VII. pages 370-372 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya edition by the D. E. Society, Poona.
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
koṇḍabhaṭṭaa reputed grammarian who wrote an extensive explanatory gloss by name Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa on the Vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikā of Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita. Another work Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra. which is in a way an abridgment of the Bhūṣaṇa, was also written by him. Koṇḍabhaṭṭa lived in the beginning of the l7th century. He was the son of Raṅgojī and nephew of Bhaṭṭojī Dīkṣita. He was one of the few writers on the Arthavicāra in the Vyākaraṇaśāstra and his Bhūṣaṇasāra ranks next to the Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Besides the Bhūṣaṇa and Bhūṣaṇasāra, Koṇḍabhaṭṭa wrote two independent works viz. Vaiyākaraṇsiddhāntadīpika and Sphoṭavāda.
candraa famous Buddhist Sanskrit grammarian whose grammar existing in the Tibetan script, is now available in the Devanagar script. The work consists of six chapters or Adhyayas in which no technical terms or sanjnas like टि, घु are found. There is no section on Vedic Grammar and accents. The work is based on Panini's grammar and is believed to have been written by Candra or Candragomin in the 5th centnry A. D. Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya refers to him; confer, compare स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः Vakyapadiya II. 489. A summary of the work is found in the Agnipurana, ch. 248-258.
candrācāryaa grammarian mentioned by Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya as one who took a leading part in restoring the traditional explanation of Panini's Vyakarana which, by the spread of rival easy treatises on grammar, had become almost lost: confer, compare यः पतञ्जलिशिष्येभ्यो भ्रष्टो ब्याकरणागमः । काले स दाक्षिणात्येषु ग्रन्थमात्रे व्यवस्थित: ॥ पर्वतादागमं लब्ध्वा भाष्यबीजानुसारिभि: । स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः ॥ Vakyapadiya II. 488-489. See चन्द्र and चन्द्रगोमिन्.
caritakriyahaving kriya or verbactivity hidden in it. The term is used by Bhartrhari in connection with a solitary noun-word or a substantive having the force of a sentence, and hence which can be termed a sentence on account of the verbal activity dormant in it. exempli gratia, for example पिण्डीम्; confer, compare वाक्यं तदपि मन्यन्ते यत्पदं वरितक्रियम् Vakyapad.II. 326, and चरिता गर्भीकृता आख्यातक्रिया यस्य तद्गर्भीकृतक्रियापदं नामपदं वाक्यं प्रयुञ्जते ! Com. on Vakyapadya II.326.
cātuḥsvāryathe view that there are four accents-the udatta, the anudatta, the svarita and the pracaya held by the Khandikya and the Aukhiya Schools.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
dyotakaindicative, suggestive; not directly capable of expressing the sense by denotation; the nipatas and upasargas are said to be 'dyotaka' and not 'vacaka' by standard grammarians headed by the Varttikakara; confer, compare निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P.I.2.45 Varttika 12; confer, compare Kaiyata also on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf also निपाता द्योतकाः केचित्पृथगर्थाभिधायिनः Vakyapadiya II.194;, गतिवाचकत्वमपि तस्य ( स्थाधातोः ) व्यवस्थाप्यते, उपसर्गस्तु तद्योतक एव commentary on Vakyapadiya II. 190; confer, compare पश्चाच्छ्रोतुर्बोधाय द्योतकोपसर्गसंबन्ध: Par. Sek. on Pari. 50; cf also इह स्वरादयो वाचकाः चादयो द्योतका इति भेदः Bhasa Vr. om P.I.1.37.The Karmapravacaniyas are definitely laid down as dyotaka, confer, compare क्रियाया द्योतको नायं न संबन्धस्य वाचकः । नापि क्रियापदाक्षेपीं संबन्धस्य तु भेदकः Vakyapadiya II.206; the case affixes are said to be any way, 'vacaka' or 'dyotaka'; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युर्द्वित्त्वादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya II. 165.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nipātadyotakatvathe view that the nipatas and the upasargas too, as contrasted with nouns,pronouns and other indeclinables, only indicate the sense and do not denote it; this view, as grammarians say, was implied in the Mahabhasya and was prominently given in the Vakyapadiya by Bhartrhari which was followed by almost all later grammarians. See निपात.
nirvartyaone of the many kinds of karman or object governed by a transitive verb or root, which has got the nature of being produced or brought into existence or into a new shape; confer, compare त्रिविधं कर्म निर्वर्त्य विकार्य प्राप्यं चेति । निर्वर्त्य तावत् कुम्भकारः नगरकारः। The word निर्वर्त्य is explained as यदसज्जन्यते यद्वा प्रकाश्यते तन्निर्वर्त्यम् । कर्तव्यः कटः । उच्चार्यः शब्दः Sr. Prakasa; confer, compare also Vakyapadiya III.7.78; confer, compare also इह हि तण्डुलानोदनं पचतीति द्व्यर्थः पचिः । तण्डुलान्पचन्नोदनं निर्वर्तयति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.49. For details see the word कर्मन्; also see M.Bh. on I.4.49.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
padakāṇḍa(1)a term used in connection with the first section of the Vākyapadīya named ब्रह्मकाण्ड also, which deals with padas, as contrasted with the second section which deals with Vākyas; (2) a section of the Așțadhyāyī of Pāņini, which gives rules about changes and modifications applicable to the pada, or the formed word, as contrasted with the base (अङ्ग) and the suffixes. The section is called पदाधिकार which begins with the rule पदस्य P.VIII.1.16. and ends with the rule इडाया वा VIII. 3. 54.
padavāda or padavādipakṣaview that words are real and have an existence and individuality of their own. The view is advocated by the followers of both the Mīmāmsā schools and the logicians who believe that words have a real existence. Grammarians admit the view for practical purposes, while they advocate that the अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट alone is the real sense. confer, compare Vākyapadīya II.90 and the foll.
padasphoṭaexpression of the sense by the whole word without any consideration shown to its division into a base and an affix. For instance, the word रामेण means 'by Rama' irrespective of any consideration whether न is the affix or इन is the affix which could be any of the two, or even one, different from the two; confer, compare उपायाः शिक्षमाणानां वालानामपलापनाः Vākyapadīya II.240.
padārthameaning of a word, signification of a word; that which corresponds to the meaning of a word; sense of a word. Grammarians look upon both-the generic notion and the individual object as Padārtha or meaning of a word, and support their view by quoting the sūtras of Pāņini जात्याख्यायामेकस्मिन् बहुवचनमन्यतरस्याम् I. 2.58 and सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ I. 2.64; confer, compare किं पुनराकृतिः पदार्थ अाहोस्विद् द्रव्यम् । उभयमित्याह । कथं ज्ञायते । उभयथा ह्याचार्येण सूत्राणि प्रणीतानि । अाकृतिं पदार्थे मत्वा जात्याख्यायामित्युच्यते | द्रव्यं पदार्थे मत्वा सरूपाणामित्येकशेष अारभ्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in I. 1. first Āhnika. In rules of grammar the meaning of a word is generally the vocal element or the wording, as the science of grammar deals with words and their formation; confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P. I. 1. 68. The possession of vocal element as the sense is technically termed शब्दपदार्थकता as opposed to अर्थपदार्थकता; confer, compare सोसौ गोशब्दः स्वस्मात्पदार्थात् प्रच्युतो यासौ अर्थपदार्थकता तस्याः शब्दपदार्थकः संपद्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.44 V. 3. The word पदार्थ means also the categories or the predicaments in connection with the different Śāstrās or lores as for instance, the 25 categories in the Sāmkhyaśāstra or 7 in the Vaiśeșika system or 16 in the NyayaŚāstra. The Vyākaranaśāstra, in this way to state, has only one category the Akhandavākyasphota or the radical meaning given by the sentence in one strok
paśyantīname of the second out of the four successive stages in the origination or utterance of a word from the mouth. According to the ancient writers on Phonetics, sound or word ( वाक् ) which is constituted of air ( वायु ) originates at the Mulaadhaaracakra where it is called परा. It then springs up and it is called पश्यन्ती in the second stage. Thence it comes up and is called मध्यमा in the third stage; rising up from the third stage when the air strikes against the vocal chords in the glottis and comes in contact with the different parts of the mouth, it becomes articulate and is heard in the form of different sounds. when it is called वैखरी; confer, compare वैखर्या मध्यमायाश्च पश्यन्त्याश्चैतदद्भुतम् । अनेकतीर्थभेदायास्त्रय्या वाचः परं पदम् Vaakyapadiya I. 144, and also confer, compare पश्यन्ती तु सा चलाचलप्रतिबद्धसमाधाना संनिविष्टज्ञेयाकारा प्रतिलीनाकारा निराकारा च परिच्छिन्नार्थप्रत्ययवभासा संसृष्टार्थप्रत्यवभासा च प्रशान्तसर्वार्थप्रत्यवभासा चेत्यपरिमितभेदा । पश्यन्त्या रूपमनपभ्रंशामसंकीर्ण लोकव्यवह्यरातीतम् । commentary on Vaakyapadiya I. 144. confer, compare also तत्र श्रोत्रविषया वैखरी । मध्यमा हृदयदशेस्था पदप्रत्यक्षानुपपत्त्या व्यवहारकारणम् । पश्यन्ती तु लोकव्यवहारातीता। योगिनां तु तत्रापि प्रकृतिप्रत्ययविभागावगतिरस्ति | परायां तु न इति त्रय्या इत्युक्तम् । Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on चत्वारि वाक्परिमिता पदानि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1.
pāyaguṇḍa,pāyaguṇḍeA learned pupil of Nāgeśabhațța who lived in Vārǎņasī in the latter half of the 18th century A.D. He was a renowned teacher of Grammar and is believed to have written commentaries on many works of Nāgeśa, the famous among which are the 'Kāśikā' called also 'Gadā' on the Paribhāșenduśekhara,the'Cidasthimālā' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara and the 'Chāyā' on the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.Bālambhațța Pāyaguņde, who has written a commentary on the Mitākșarā (the famous commentary on the Yajňavalkyasmŗti), is believed by some as the same as Vaidyanātha: while others say that Bālambhațța was the son of Vaidyanātha.
prakāśaname of commentary on Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya by Punjaraja.
prakīrṇakāṇḍaname given to the third Kanda or book of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya where miscellaneous topics are treatedition The third Kanda consists of 14 sections called by the name Samuddesa. For details see pp. 381-382 Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
prātipadikārthadenoted sense of a Pratipadika or a noun-base. Standard grammarians state that the denotation of a pratipadika is five-fold viz. स्वार्थ, द्रव्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या and कारक. The word स्वार्थ refers to the causal factor of denotation or प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त which is of four kinds जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा as noticed respectively in the words गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्ः. The word द्रव्य refers to the individual object which sometimes is directly denoted as in अश्वमानय, while on some occasions it is indirectly denoted through the genus or the general notion as in ब्राह्मणः पूज्य:, लिङ्ग the gender, संख्या the number and कारक the case-relation are the denotations of the case-terminations, but sometimes as they are conveyed in the absence of a case-affix as in the words पञ्च, दश, and others, they are stated as the denoted senses of the Pratipadika, while the case-affixes are said to indicate them; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युः शब्दादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya.
brahmakāṇḍaname given to the first section or Kanda of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya. It deals with Sphota, and in a way it contains in a nutshell the philosophy of Sanskrit Grammar.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
bhāgavata hariśāstrīa modern scholar of grammar who has written a commentary named Vakyarthacandrika on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa; he lived in the first half of the eighteenth century.
bhāvavikārakinds of verbal activity which are described to be six in number viz. production, existence, transformation, growth, decay and destruction. These six modes of existence first mentioned by Vāŗșyayani and quoted by Yāska are explained philosophically by Bhartŗhari as a mere appearance of the Śabdabrahman or Sattā when one of its own powers, the time factor ( कालशक्ति ) is superimposed upon it, and as a result of that superimposition, it (id est, that is the Śabdabrahman) appears as a process; confer, compare षड् भावाविकारा भवन्ति इति वार्ष्यायणि: | जायते अस्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते अपक्षीयते विनश्यति इति । Nir.I.2; confer, compare also Vākyapadiya III.30.
bhedaka(1)literallydistinguishing; differentiating; cf भेदकत्वात्स्वरस्य | भेदका उदात्तादय: | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 13; (2) adjective; confer, compare भेदकं विशेषणं भेद्यं विशेष्यम् Kāś. on P. II: 1.57; (3) variety; kind; confer, compare सामान्यस्य विशेषो भेदकः प्रकार: Kāś. on P.V. 3.23; (4) indicating, suggesting, as contrasted with वाचक; confer, compare संबन्धस्य तु भेदक: Vākyapadīya.
vākyārthathe meaning of a sentence, which comes as a whole composite idea when all the constituent words of it are heard: confer, compare पदानां सामान्ये वर्तमानानां यद्विशेषेSवस्थानं स वाक्यार्थ:, M.Bh. on P.I.2.45 Vart. 4. According to later grammarians the import or meaning of a sentence ( वाक्यार्थ ) flashes out suddenly in the mind of the hearer immediately after the sentence is completely uttered, The import is named प्रतिभा by Bhartrhari, confer, compare Vakyapadiya II.45; confer, compare also वाक्यार्थश्च प्रतिभामात्रविषय: Laghumanjusa. For details and the six kinds of vakyartha, see Vakyapadiya II.154.
vāyuair or प्राण, which is believed to spring up from the root of the navel and become a cause (even a material cause according to some scholars) of sound of four kinds produced at four different places, the last kind being audible to us; confer, compare प्राणे वाणिनभिव्यज्य वर्णेष्वेवोपलीयते Vakyapadiya I.116;confer, compare also R.Pr.XIII. 13, V.Pr. I.7-9; T.Pr.II.2: Siksa of Panini st. 6.
vikaraṇaan affix placed between a root and the personal ending, for showing the specific tense or mood or voice to convey which, the personal ending is applied; e. g. the conjugational signs शप् , श्यन् , श्रु, श, श्नम्, उ, श्ना and यक्, आम् , as also स्य, तास् , सिप् , अाम् and च्लि with its substitutes. Although the term विकरण is used by ancient grammarians and freely used by the Mahabhsyakara in connection with the affixes, mentioned in the sutras of Panini, such as शप् , श्यन् and others, the term is not found in the Sutras of Panini. The vikaranas are different from the major kinds of the regular affixes तिङ्, कृत्य and other similar ones. The vikaranas can be called कृत्; so also, as they are mentioned in the topic (अधिकार) of affixes or Pratyayas,they hold the designation ' pratyaya '. For the use of the word विकरण see M.Bh. on P. I.3. 12, III, 1.31 and VI. 1.5. The term विकरण is found . in the Yājñavalkya Siksa in the sense of change, ( confer, compare उपधारञ्जनं कुर्यान्मनोर्विकरणे सति ) and possibly the ancient grammarians used it in that very sense as they found the root कृ modified as करु or कुरु, or चि as चिनु, or भू as भव before the regular personal endings तिप् , तस् et cetera, and others
vikāryaliterally changeable; that which gets changed in its nature; a variety or subdivision of कर्म or the object confer, compare त्रिविधं कर्म । निर्वर्त्य विकार्य प्राप्यं चेति | Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 2.1. The विकार्यकर्म is explained as यस्य प्रकृत्युच्छेदो गुणान्तरं वा उत्पद्यते तद्विकार्यम् ! यथा भुक्त ओदन: | लूयमान: केद[र: | Srngaraprakasa II ; cf also, Vakyapadiya III. 7.78.
vṛttisamuddeśaname given to the last of the fourteen sections of the third chapter of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya ( viz. the संकीर्णकाण्ड ) in which the taddhita affixes and their interpretations are discussedition
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikāa very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
śaktipotentiality of expressing the sense which is possessed by words permanently with them: denotative potentiality or denotation; this potentiality shows the senses,which are permanently possessed by the words, to the hearer and is described to be of one kind by ancient grammarian as contrasted with the two (अभिघा and लक्षणा) mentioned by the modern ones. It is described to be of two kinds-(a) स्मारिका शक्ति or recalling capacity which combines चैत्रत्व with पाक, and अनुभाविका शक्ति which is responsible for the actual meaning of a sentence. For details see Vakyapadiya III.
śabdatattvaliterally the essence of a word; the ultimate sense conveyed by the word which is termed स्फोट by the Vaiyakaranas. Philosophically this Sabdatattva or Sphota is the philosophical Brahman of the Vedantins, which is named as Sabdabrahma or Nadabrahma by the Vaiykaranas,and which appears as the Phenomenal world of the basis of its own powers such as time factor and the like; confer, compare अनादिनिधनं ब्रह्म शब्दतत्वं यदक्षरम् ! विवर्ततेर्थभावेन प्रक्रिया जगतो यतः ॥ vakyapadiya, I.1: cf। also Vakyapadiya II.31.
śabdaprabhāname of a commentary on Bhartrhari's vakyapadiya which is available only on the first Kanda.
saṃgrahaname of a very vast work on grammar attributed to an ancient grammarian Vyadi who is supposed to have been a relative of Panini; confer, compare सेग्रहेस्तमुपागते Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya confer, compare also संग्रहप्रतिकञ्चुके: confer, compare संग्रहो नाम लक्षश्लोकात्मको त्याडिकृतो ग्रन्थः । Some quotations only are found from the Samgraha in grammar works, but the work is lost long ago.
saṃsṛṣṭawords syntactically connected with each other, and hence, capable of expressing the sense of a sentence; confer, compare संसृष्टो वाक्यार्थ: Vakyapadiya II. 2.
sattāexistence, supreme or universal existence the Jati par excellence which is advocated to be the final sense of all words and expressions in the language by Bhartrhari and other grammarians after him who discussed the interpretation of words. The grammarians believe that the ultimate sense of a word is सत्ता which appears manifold and limited in our everyday experience due to different limitations such as desa, kala and others. Seen from the static viewpoint, सत्ता appears as द्रब्य while, from the dynamic view point it appears as a क्रिया. This सत्ता is the soul of everything and it is the same as शव्दतत्त्व or ब्रह्मन् or अस्त्यर्थ; confer, compare Vakyapadiya II. 12. The static existence, further, is . called व्यक्ति or individual with reference to the object, and जाति with reference to the common form possessed by individuals.
samuddeśaspecific individual mention or discussion; the term is used .in connection with the several second. tions of the third Kanda or book of Bhartrharis Vakyapadiya.
sphoṭaname given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा | व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:||
hariśātri( भागवत )a grammarian of the nineteenth century who has written Vakyarthacandrika, a commentary on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara.
helārājaa learned grammarian who wrote a commentary on the third Kanda of the Vakyapadiya of Bharthari to which he has given the name प्रकीर्णप्रकाश.
Vedabase Search
420 results
kya-abdhi ocean of speechSB 2.8.26
ācāryera vākya the words of Śrī Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.199
hārdikyaḥ vidura-ādayaḥ Hārdikya (Kṛtavarmā), Vidura and othersSB 10.75.4-7
yājñavalkya-ādayaḥ such as YājñavalkyaMM 15
svāda-ādhikya increase of tasteCC Madhya 8.86
mamatā-adhikya increase of intimacyCC Madhya 19.231
priya-ādhikyam an abundance of highly elevated devoteesCC Madhya 23.84-85
sālokya-ādi-catuṣṭayam the four different types of liberation (sālokya, sārūpya, sāmīpya and sārṣṭi, what to speak of sāyujya)SB 9.4.67
sālokya-ādi the five types of liberation, beginning from sālokya (residing on the same spiritual planet as the Lord)CC Adi 4.204
sālokya-ādi liberation, beginning sālokyaCC Adi 4.208
sālokya-ādi beginning with sālokyaCC Madhya 6.267
sālokya-ādi liberation, beginning with sālokyaCC Madhya 24.183
śikya-ādīn lunch bags and other belongingsSB 10.12.5
agastyaḥ yājñavalkyaḥ ca Agastya and YājñavalkyaSB 10.84.2-5
kya-agocara beyond descriptionCC Madhya 14.213
kya-agocara beyond wordsCC Madhya 21.57
aikya onenessSB 3.11.1
aikya onenessSB 7.15.63
aikya exclusiveSB 10.60.41
aikya for unitySB 10.68.22
brahma-aikya oneness with BrahmanCC Adi 3.18
aikya onenessCC Antya 2.64
aikyam onenessSB 7.15.65
aikyam unitySB 10.29.15
aikyam unityCC Adi 1.5
aikyam unityCC Adi 4.55
aikyam amalgamationCC Madhya 9.30
ālokya having seenSB 1.7.52
ālokya seeingSB 6.4.20
ālokya seeingSB 6.12.30
ālokya seeingSB 8.8.35
ālokya seeingSB 8.8.37
ālokya seeingSB 8.12.26
ālokya seeing personallySB 9.11.26
ālokya seeingSB 10.16.10
ālokya seeingSB 10.44.35
ālokya seeingSB 10.50.22
ālokya looking uponSB 10.51.23-26
ālokya seeingSB 10.54.2
ālokya seeingSB 10.66.25
ālokya seeingSB 10.68.42-43
ālokya seeingSB 10.77.12
ālokya seeingSB 10.77.29
ālokya seeingSB 10.78.3
ālokya observingSB 11.30.27
apratarkyam inconceivable, not within the jurisdiction of material argumentsSB 8.5.26
apratarkyam inexplicableSB 8.10.16-18
apratarkyam inaccessible to logicSB 12.4.20-21
āstikya faithNBS 78
āstikyam religiousnessBG 18.42
āstikyam faithfulnessSB 1.16.26-30
āstikyam faith in the scriptures, the spiritual master and the Supreme LordSB 7.11.23
āstikyam faith in Vedic civilizationSB 11.17.18
āstikyam trust in the principles of religionSB 11.19.33-35
atarkya inconceivableSB 3.33.3
atarkya-līlā inconceivable pastimesCC Adi 16.18
ati-autsukya with eagernessCC Adi 1.73-74
durvitarkya-ātma-karmaṇe unto You, who perform inconceivable activitiesSB 8.5.50
autthānika-autsukya-manāḥ mother Yaśodā was very busy celebrating the utthāna ceremony of her childSB 10.7.6
autsukya full of eagernessSB 10.28.11
autsukya by eagernessSB 10.33.3
autsukya out of their eagernessSB 10.71.33
autsukya due to their excitementSB 10.75.17
ati-autsukya with eagernessCC Adi 1.73-74
autsukya eagernessCC Madhya 2.63
autsukya-āvalibhiḥ with thoughts of curiosityCC Antya 1.164
autsukya eagernessCC Antya 17.49
autthānika-autsukya-manāḥ mother Yaśodā was very busy celebrating the utthāna ceremony of her childSB 10.7.6
autsukya-āvalibhiḥ with thoughts of curiosityCC Antya 1.164
avalokya foreseeingSB 3.4.3
avalokya after seeingSB 9.10.18
avalokya seeingSB 10.62.31
avalokya by glancingSB 12.6.70
avalokyase I shall see YouCC Madhya 4.197
avalokyase I shall see YouCC Antya 8.34
avitarkya inconceivableSB 4.17.31
bhaktera vākya anything spoken by a pure devoteeCC Adi 5.127
kya-bheda difference of opinionSB 1.17.18
brahma-aikya oneness with BrahmanCC Adi 3.18
pārakya-buddhim differentiationSB 4.7.53
agastyaḥ yājñavalkyaḥ ca Agastya and YājñavalkyaSB 10.84.2-5
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vākya the words of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.28
sālokya-ādi-catuṣṭayam the four different types of liberation (sālokya, sārūpya, sāmīpya and sārṣṭi, what to speak of sāyujya)SB 9.4.67
kya-cchala for jugglery of wordsCC Madhya 5.58
kya-daṇḍa chastisement by speakingCC Adi 10.31
kya-daṇḍa chastisement as a warningCC Madhya 1.259
kya-daṇḍa kari' chastising with wordsCC Antya 3.45
kya-daṇḍa chastisement by wordsCC Antya 3.46
kya-daṇḍa impudence of chastising by wordsCC Antya 20.106
pārakya-dṛṣṭiḥ becomes greedy for the wealth of othersSB 5.13.12
durvitarkya uncommonSB 7.10.54-55
durvitarkya-ātma-karmaṇe unto You, who perform inconceivable activitiesSB 8.5.50
ei vākya this wordCC Madhya 2.25
eka-vākya one sentenceCC Madhya 15.99
eka-vākya consistencyCC Antya 7.114
garga-vākyam the words of the sage GargaSB 10.51.44
gopa-vākyaiḥ by the words of cowherdsSB 10.23.45
hārdikyaḥ vidura-ādayaḥ Hārdikya (Kṛtavarmā), Vidura and othersSB 10.75.4-7
hārdikya HārdikyaSB 10.76.14-15
sarva-jña munira vākya the words of the omniscient muni (Vyāsadeva)CC Madhya 20.353
kala-vākyaiḥ and by very sweet broken languageSB 10.11.37
kala-vākyaiḥ with broken speechSB 10.15.10-12
kya-daṇḍa kari' chastising with wordsCC Antya 3.45
durvitarkya-ātma-karmaṇe unto You, who perform inconceivable activitiesSB 8.5.50
khāṇḍikyaḥ tu also a son named KhāṇḍikyaSB 9.13.19
khāṇḍikya King KhāṇḍikyaSB 9.13.19
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vākya the words of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.28
trailokya-lakṣmīm all the opulence of the three worldsSB 6.8.42
atarkya-līlā inconceivable pastimesCC Adi 16.18
vitarkya-lińgaḥ one who is observed with awe and venerationSB 2.4.19
trai-lokya of the three worldsBG 1.32-35
trai-lokya in the three worldsSB 3.33.31
trai-lokya three planetary systemsSB 4.24.39
trai-lokya-mohanam captivating the three worldsSB 6.4.35-39
trai-lokya of all the three worldsSB 10.29.40
trai-lokya of the three worldsSB 10.32.14
trai-lokya of all the three worldsSB 10.38.14
trai-lokya of the three worldsSB 10.74.2
trai-lokya of the three worldsSB 10.86.34
trai-lokya-saubhagam which is the fortune of the three worldsCC Madhya 24.56
trai-lokya-saubhagam which is the fortune of the three worldsCC Antya 17.31
trai-lokya of the three worldsMM 30
trai-lokyam to the three worldsSB 6.10.13-14
tri-lokyam in the three worldsSB 10.62.6
trai-lokyam the three worldsSB 12.9.15
mahā-vākya transcendental sound vibrationCC Adi 7.128
mahā-vākya principal mantraCC Adi 7.130
mahā-vākya transcendental vibrationCC Madhya 6.174
mahā-vākya transcendental vibrationCC Madhya 6.175
mamatā-adhikya increase of intimacyCC Madhya 19.231
autthānika-autsukya-manāḥ mother Yaśodā was very busy celebrating the utthāna ceremony of her childSB 10.7.6
māṇikya-siṃhāsana the throne known as Māṇikya-siṃhāsanaCC Madhya 5.121
māṇikya-siṃhāsana the throne of the name Māṇikya-siṃhāsanaCC Madhya 5.124
miṣṭa-vākya sweet wordsCC Adi 7.99
trai-lokya-mohanam captivating the three worldsSB 6.4.35-39
sarva-jña munira vākya the words of the omniscient muni (Vyāsadeva)CC Madhya 20.353
na śakyante they cannotSB 10.51.36
na śakyate cannotSB 10.90.40
kya nāhi no wordCC Madhya 10.110
nārakya hellishSB 3.30.29
nartakya the dancers known as ApsarāsSB 8.11.41
nartakya female dancersSB 10.70.19
nārtakya female dancersSB 10.75.10
nartakya and female dancersSB 10.83.30
naṭa-nartakya male and female dancersSB 10.84.46
nāstikya-vāda agnosticismCC Madhya 6.168
nāstikyam faithlessnessSB 11.17.20
naṭa-nartakya male and female dancersSB 10.84.46
pārakya-buddhim differentiationSB 4.7.53
pārakya-dṛṣṭiḥ becomes greedy for the wealth of othersSB 5.13.12
pārakya belonging to othersSB 7.6.16
pārakya for othersSB 7.2.60
pārakya belongs to others (the dogs, vultures, etc.)SB 7.7.43
pārakyaiḥ which after death are eatable by dogs and jackalsSB 6.10.10
pārakyam belonging to othersSB 11.9.25
pārakyasya meant for othersSB 1.8.48
prabhu-vākya the words of Lord CaitanyaCC Adi 17.104
prabhura vākya the statement of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 12.115
prīti-vākya sweet wordsCC Adi 17.214
priya-vākya sweet wordsCC Madhya 14.150
priya-ādhikyam an abundance of highly elevated devoteesCC Madhya 23.84-85
ṛṣi-vākyam and the words of the great saint NāradaSB 7.9.29
śakya practicalBG 6.36
śakya canBG 11.48
śakya it is possibleBG 11.53
śakya possibleBG 11.54
śakya ableSB 4.16.11
śākya ŚākyaSB 9.12.14
śakyam is ableBG 11.4
śakyam is possibleBG 18.11
śakyam is ableSB 8.21.12
na śakyante they cannotSB 10.51.36
śakyase are ableBG 11.8
śakyate is ableSB 7.2.49
śakyate one is ableSB 9.1.7
śakyate is ableSB 10.4.38
na śakyate cannotSB 10.90.40
sālokya living on the same planetSB 3.29.13
sālokya-ādi-catuṣṭayam the four different types of liberation (sālokya, sārūpya, sāmīpya and sārṣṭi, what to speak of sāyujya)SB 9.4.67
sālokya residence on a Vaikuṇṭha planetCC Adi 3.18
sālokya-ādi the five types of liberation, beginning from sālokya (residing on the same spiritual planet as the Lord)CC Adi 4.204
sālokya being on the same planet as MeCC Adi 4.207
sālokya-ādi liberation, beginning sālokyaCC Adi 4.208
sālokya the liberation called sālokyaCC Adi 5.30
sālokya of the name sālokyaCC Madhya 6.266
sālokya-ādi beginning with sālokyaCC Madhya 6.267
sālokya the liberation of living in the same planet as the LordCC Madhya 6.270
sālokya to live on the same planet as the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 9.268
sālokya being on the same planet as MeCC Madhya 19.173
sālokya-ādi liberation, beginning with sālokyaCC Madhya 24.183
sālokya to live on the same planetCC Antya 3.189
samālokya observing minutelySB 8.19.8
sarva-jña munira vākya the words of the omniscient muni (Vyāsadeva)CC Madhya 20.353
sat-vākyam good adviceSB 4.8.39
satya-vākya always truthfulCC Madhya 5.83
satya-vākya whose words are truthfulCC Madhya 23.71
trai-lokya-saubhagam which is the fortune of the three worldsCC Madhya 24.56
trai-lokya-saubhagam which is the fortune of the three worldsCC Antya 17.31
sei vākya that statementCC Antya 8.15
śikya hanging by a swingSB 10.8.30
śikya-ādīn lunch bags and other belongingsSB 10.12.5
māṇikya-siṃhāsana the throne known as Māṇikya-siṃhāsanaCC Madhya 5.121
māṇikya-siṃhāsana the throne of the name Māṇikya-siṃhāsanaCC Madhya 5.124
ślokya one who is worthy of being sungSB 1.17.30
ślokya very respectable and prominentSB 8.6.28
ślokya gloriousSB 10.41.14
su-ślokyam good behaviorSB 3.12.31
su-ślokyam laudableSB 6.18.17
śrī-yājñavalkyaḥ uvāca Śrī Yājñavalkya saidSB 12.6.67
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vākya the words of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.28
su-ślokyam good behaviorSB 3.12.31
su-ślokyam laudableSB 6.18.17
sūkta-vākyaiḥ with Vedic mantrasSB 8.8.14
sva-vākya his own promiseCC Madhya 5.84
svāda-ādhikya increase of tasteCC Madhya 8.86
tat vilokya looking into thatSB 3.10.5
tat vilokya looking into thatSB 3.10.7
tat-vākya the words of VasudevaSB 10.1.55
tat-vākyam the words (of Kaṃsa)SB 10.1.61
tīrtha-vākya the promise made on the pilgrimageCC Madhya 5.40
trai-lokya of the three worldsBG 1.32-35
trai-lokya in the three worldsSB 3.33.31
trai-lokya three planetary systemsSB 4.24.39
trai-lokya-mohanam captivating the three worldsSB 6.4.35-39
trai-lokyam to the three worldsSB 6.10.13-14
trai-lokya of all the three worldsSB 10.29.40
trai-lokya of the three worldsSB 10.32.14
trai-lokya of all the three worldsSB 10.38.14
trai-lokya of the three worldsSB 10.74.2
trai-lokya of the three worldsSB 10.86.34
trai-lokyam the three worldsSB 12.9.15
trai-lokya-saubhagam which is the fortune of the three worldsCC Madhya 24.56
trai-lokya-saubhagam which is the fortune of the three worldsCC Antya 17.31
trai-lokya of the three worldsMM 30
trailokya-vartanaḥ revolution of the three worldsSB 3.11.26
trailokya-lakṣmīm all the opulence of the three worldsSB 6.8.42
trailokya of all the three worldsSB 7.4.8
trailokya of the three worldsSB 8.7.21
trailokya of the three worldsSB 8.14.7
trailokya of the three material worldsSB 9.5.6
trailokya for the three worldsSB 9.10.15
trailokyam the three lokasSB 8.24.32
trailokyanātha TrailokyanāthaCC Adi 13.57-58
tri-lokyam in the three worldsSB 10.62.6
khāṇḍikyaḥ tu also a son named KhāṇḍikyaSB 9.13.19
udakya by a woman in her menstrual periodSB 6.18.49
śrī-yājñavalkyaḥ uvāca Śrī Yājñavalkya saidSB 12.6.67
nāstikya-vāda agnosticismCC Madhya 6.168
kya-bheda difference of opinionSB 1.17.18
kya words of cursingSB 2.7.9
kya-abdhi ocean of speechSB 2.8.26
tat-vākya the words of VasudevaSB 10.1.55
kya speechCC Adi 2.111
bhaktera vākya anything spoken by a pure devoteeCC Adi 5.127
miṣṭa-vākya sweet wordsCC Adi 7.99
mahā-vākya transcendental sound vibrationCC Adi 7.128
kya statementCC Adi 7.129
mahā-vākya principal mantraCC Adi 7.130
kya-daṇḍa chastisement by speakingCC Adi 10.31
kya wordsCC Adi 12.14
kya instructionCC Adi 12.54
kya statementCC Adi 16.66
kya wordsCC Adi 16.87
prabhu-vākya the words of Lord CaitanyaCC Adi 17.104
prīti-vākya sweet wordsCC Adi 17.214
kya-daṇḍa chastisement as a warningCC Madhya 1.259
ei vākya this wordCC Madhya 2.25
kya wordsCC Madhya 2.71
ācāryera vākya the words of Śrī Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.199
kya word of honorCC Madhya 5.36
tīrtha-vākya the promise made on the pilgrimageCC Madhya 5.40
kya-cchala for jugglery of wordsCC Madhya 5.58
kya wordsCC Madhya 5.76
kya wordsCC Madhya 5.79
satya-vākya always truthfulCC Madhya 5.83
sva-vākya his own promiseCC Madhya 5.84
mahā-vākya transcendental vibrationCC Madhya 6.174
kya vibrationCC Madhya 6.175
mahā-vākya transcendental vibrationCC Madhya 6.175
kya explanationCC Madhya 6.278
kya the wordsCC Madhya 7.22
kya the wordsCC Madhya 7.41
kya wordsCC Madhya 7.66
kya nāhi no wordCC Madhya 10.110
kya wordsCC Madhya 13.141
kya wordsCC Madhya 13.163
priya-vākya sweet wordsCC Madhya 14.150
kya-agocara beyond descriptionCC Madhya 14.213
eka-vākya one sentenceCC Madhya 15.99
sarva-jña munira vākya the words of the omniscient muni (Vyāsadeva)CC Madhya 20.353
kya-agocara beyond wordsCC Madhya 21.57
kya wordsCC Madhya 24.252
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vākya the words of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.28
kya-daṇḍa kari' chastising with wordsCC Antya 3.45
kya-daṇḍa chastisement by wordsCC Antya 3.46
kya the wordsCC Antya 5.107
sei vākya that statementCC Antya 8.15
kya statementCC Antya 12.40
kya of wordsCC Antya 12.79
prabhura vākya the statement of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 12.115
kya-daṇḍa impudence of chastising by wordsCC Antya 20.106
kya by the wordsMM 31
satya-vākya whose words are truthfulCC Madhya 23.71
kyaiḥ by those wordsSB 3.2.10
kyaiḥ by speechSB 7.11.26-27
sūkta-vākyaiḥ with Vedic mantrasSB 8.8.14
kyaiḥ the instructionsSB 9.24.62
kala-vākyaiḥ and by very sweet broken languageSB 10.11.37
kala-vākyaiḥ with broken speechSB 10.15.10-12
gopa-vākyaiḥ by the words of cowherdsSB 10.23.45
kyaiḥ wordsSB 10.47.41
kyaiḥ with His wordsSB 10.49.10
kyaiḥ with statementsSB 10.50.32-33
kyaiḥ with wordsSB 10.60.51
kyaiḥ with wordsSB 10.62.23-24
kyaiḥ with wordsSB 10.70.34
kyaiḥ wordsSB 10.73.28
kyaiḥ by the wordsSB 10.74.31
kyaiḥ with wordsSB 10.78.7
kyam wordsBG 1.20
kyam wordsBG 2.1
kyam wordsBG 17.15
kyam instructionsSB 3.24.12
kyam wordsSB 3.24.30
kyam wordsSB 4.8.16
sat-vākyam good adviceSB 4.8.39
kyam in the wordsSB 4.9.38
kyam wordsSB 4.18.12
kyam wordsSB 4.24.19
valgu-vākyam with sweet wordsSB 4.26.23
kyam the speechSB 7.2.61
ṛṣi-vākyam and the words of the great saint NāradaSB 7.9.29
kyam the wordsSB 8.19.1
kyam wordsSB 8.24.16
tat-vākyam the words (of Kaṃsa)SB 10.1.61
kyam wordsSB 10.25.2
kyam wordsSB 10.43.31
kyam wordsSB 10.44.31
garga-vākyam the words of the sage GargaSB 10.51.44
kyam wordsSB 10.65.24-25
kyam wordsSB 10.79.28
kyam the statementsSB 10.85.21
kyam in the statementsSB 10.88.32
eka-vākya consistencyCC Antya 7.114
yat-vākyataḥ under whose instructionSB 1.5.15
kya by Your wordsSB 10.31.8
valgu-vākyam with sweet wordsSB 4.26.23
vārṣikyam yearly taxesSB 10.5.19
trailokya-vartanaḥ revolution of the three worldsSB 3.11.26
hārdikyaḥ vidura-ādayaḥ Hārdikya (Kṛtavarmā), Vidura and othersSB 10.75.4-7
vilokya thus seeingSB 1.11.31
vilokya by seeingSB 1.14.24
vilokya seeingSB 2.9.7
tat vilokya looking into thatSB 3.10.5
tat vilokya looking into thatSB 3.10.7
vilokya seeing thusSB 3.12.29
vilokya after seeingSB 3.19.7
vilokya after seeingSB 3.19.17
vilokya seeingSB 3.22.17
vilokya having seenSB 3.26.5
vilokya after seeingSB 4.6.22
vilokya observingSB 4.12.40
vilokya by observingSB 4.23.23
vilokya seeingSB 6.11.9
vilokya seeingSB 6.11.13
vilokya seeingSB 6.18.30
vilokya seeingSB 7.9.5
vilokya seeingSB 7.10.61
vilokya looking overSB 8.5.19-20
vilokya observingSB 8.6.37
vilokya seeingSB 8.7.4
vilokya observingSB 8.7.8
vilokya observingSB 8.7.20
vilokya seeingSB 9.1.16
vilokya seeing themSB 9.1.30
vilokya when he sawSB 9.9.22
vilokya seeing thatSB 9.10.10
vilokya by seeingSB 9.14.14
vilokya observingSB 9.16.4
vilokya by seeingSB 9.18.31
vilokya by seeingSB 9.19.7
vilokya by observingSB 9.20.7
vilokya observingSB 10.3.11
vilokya when they sawSB 10.6.31
vilokya seeing thisSB 10.9.7
vilokya by seeingSB 10.11.6
vilokya seeingSB 10.16.1
vilokya glancing uponSB 10.29.39
vilokya noticingSB 10.30.26
vilokya seeingSB 10.32.3
vilokya seeingSB 10.34.27
vilokya (Akrūra) seeingSB 10.39.56-57
vilokya seeingSB 10.42.1
vilokya seeingSB 10.42.20
vilokya seeingSB 10.51.1-6
vilokya seeingSB 10.52.7
vilokya seeingSB 10.53.51-55
vilokya seeingSB 10.56.5
vilokya seeingSB 10.58.36
vilokya beholdingSB 10.62.22
vilokya seeingSB 10.66.35
vilokya seeingSB 10.71.38
vilokya seeingSB 10.79.3-4
vilokya seeingSB 10.80.18
vilokya seeingSB 10.81.29-32
vilokya observingSB 11.6.33
vilokya observingSB 12.6.23
vilokya by seeingCC Madhya 24.50
vilokya by seeingCC Antya 15.70
viśańkya fearingSB 11.4.7
vitarkya-lińgaḥ one who is observed with awe and venerationSB 2.4.19
vitarkyamāṇaḥ being talked and argued aboutSB 8.18.23
yājñavalkya-ādayaḥ such as YājñavalkyaMM 15
yājñavalkya YājñavalkyaSB 6.15.12-15
yājñavalkya YājñavalkyaSB 9.12.2
agastyaḥ yājñavalkyaḥ ca Agastya and YājñavalkyaSB 10.84.2-5
yājñavalkya YājñavalkyaSB 12.6.62
yājñavalkya YājñavalkyaSB 12.6.66
śrī-yājñavalkyaḥ uvāca Śrī Yājñavalkya saidSB 12.6.67
yat-vākyataḥ under whose instructionSB 1.5.15
125 results
kya noun (masculine) [gramm.] die verschiedenen Denominativsuffixe -=ya
Frequency rank 27690/72933
kyac noun (masculine) [gramm.] a denominative suffix
Frequency rank 23794/72933
kyap noun (masculine) [gramm.] a kṛtya affix
Frequency rank 34333/72933
kya noun (masculine) [gramm.] an affix
Frequency rank 34332/72933
kya noun (masculine) [gramm.] Denominativsuffix
Frequency rank 34334/72933
aṅkya noun (masculine) a small drum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41762/72933
atarkya adjective incomprehensible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
surpassing thought or reasoning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20469/72933
atarkyasahasraśakti noun (masculine) endowed with a thousand incomprehensible powers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41989/72933
anabhiśaṅkya adjective
Frequency rank 42715/72933
anālokya adjective not to be looked at not to be seen
Frequency rank 31822/72933
anālokya indeclinable not having looked at
Frequency rank 42896/72933
anāstikya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 42923/72933
anuvākya adjective reiterated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be recited (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be repeated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43306/72933
apratarkya adjective incomprehensible by reason (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be discussed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undefinable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10855/72933
alokya adjective unallowed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unusual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32600/72933
avākya adjective silent (?)
Frequency rank 45281/72933
avilokya indeclinable not seeing ...
Frequency rank 45449/72933
aviśaṅkya adjective
Frequency rank 45459/72933
aśakya adjective impossible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impossible to be composed (as a book) or to be executed (as an order) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impracticable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
invincible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be overcome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3415/72933
aśakyatva noun (neuter) impossibility (with Inf.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18934/72933
aśaṅkya adjective not to be expected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be mistrusted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45579/72933
ātiraikya noun (neuter) redundancy (as of limbs) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
superfluity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46316/72933
ādhikya noun (neuter) abundance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
high degree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
overweight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
preponderance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
superabundance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
superiority (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3458/72933
ānarthakya noun (neuter) impropriety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unfitness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unprofitableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
uselessness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14030/72933
āsekya noun (masculine) a man of slight generative power (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impotent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33222/72933
āstikya noun (neuter) a believing nature or disposition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belief in God (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
faithfulness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
piety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10044/72933
ṛṣivākya noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.33
Frequency rank 47934/72933
ekavākya noun (neuter) a single expression or word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a single sentence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a speech not contradicted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an identical sentence (either by words or meanings) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the same sentence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unanimous speech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47991/72933
aikya noun (neuter) (in math.) the product of the length and depth of excavations differing in depth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an aggregate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
harmony (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
identity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
identity of the human soul or of the universe with the Deity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
oneness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sameness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5978/72933
autsukya noun (neuter) anxiety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fervour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impatience (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
longing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
officiousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
regret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
zeal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8426/72933
karmalokya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 48795/72933
kauśikya noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 50292/72933
gāṇanikya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 51244/72933
cākacakya noun (neuter) radiance splendour
Frequency rank 52188/72933
cākacikya noun (neuter) illusion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23960/72933
cāṇakya noun (masculine) name of a king name of a minister of Candragupta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
patr. from Caṇaka (son of Caṇin) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12944/72933
cāṇakyamūla noun (neuter) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 27985/72933
cāṇakyasiddhiprāptivarṇana noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 155
Frequency rank 52198/72933
trailokya noun (neuter) a mystic name of some part of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the 3 Lokas or worlds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1127/72933
trailokya noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54045/72933
trailokyaḍambara noun (masculine) name of an alchemical preparation
Frequency rank 54046/72933
trailokyatilaka noun (masculine) a kind of alchemical preparation
Frequency rank 54047/72933
trailokyamohinīpūjanavidhi noun (masculine) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.29
Frequency rank 54048/72933
trailokyavijayā noun (feminine) a sort of hemp (from which an intoxicating infusion is prepared) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21416/72933
trailokyasaṃmohanatantra noun (neuter) name of a text
Frequency rank 35535/72933
trailokyasundarī noun (feminine) name of a work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 35536/72933
trailokyasundara noun (masculine) name of a mixture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54049/72933
tryailokyagrasanātmaka noun (masculine) a form of Śiva
Frequency rank 54079/72933
dāṇḍakya noun (masculine) name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35623/72933
durvākya noun (neuter) harsh or abusive language (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54741/72933
durvitarkya adjective difficult to be discussed or understood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54757/72933
duḥśakya adjective difficult to ...
Frequency rank 35792/72933
nandikeśvaravākya noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.71
Frequency rank 55665/72933
nāsikya adjective being in or coming from the nose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nasal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
uttered through the nose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28622/72933
nāsikya noun (neuter) name of a town (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the nose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55925/72933
nāstikya noun (neuter) atheism heterodoxy
Frequency rank 8462/72933
nirvākya adjective speechless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36356/72933
niṣprativākya adjective not answering
Frequency rank 56487/72933
nistarkya adjective inconceivable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unimaginable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56511/72933
nairarthakya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 36512/72933
parakya adjective
Frequency rank 57129/72933
kya noun (masculine neuter) a strong kind of caustic Dekokt saltpetre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
yavakṣāra [medic.] svarjikā kācalavaṇa viḍlavaṇa
Frequency rank 8817/72933
kya noun (neuter) (sc. lavaṇa) a kind of salt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36773/72933
kya adjective eatable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fit to cook (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obtained by cooking or evaporation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ripening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21708/72933
kyaja noun (neuter) kācalavaṇa
Frequency rank 36774/72933
pāpalokya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 57782/72933
pārakya noun (masculine) an enemy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57799/72933
pārakya adjective alien (opp. to sva) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to another or a stranger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hostile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15877/72933
pāralokya adjective relating to the next world (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57819/72933
pārthakya noun (neuter) difference (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
severalty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
variety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57854/72933
pālakya noun (masculine neuter) Beta Bengalensis
Frequency rank 21722/72933
pālaṅkya noun (feminine neuter) Beta Bengalensis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Beta maritima (vulgaris) (M. Mayrhofer (0))
incense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24594/72933
pāśikya adjective (a pearly) coming from ...
Frequency rank 57905/72933
pautināsikya noun (neuter) fetor of the nostrils (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58477/72933
prativākya noun (neuter) an answer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14302/72933
buddhakalkyavatāravarṇana noun (neuter) name of Agnipurāṇa, 16
Frequency rank 60312/72933
bhagavadvākya noun (neuter) name of a text
Frequency rank 60491/72933
mastiṣkya noun (masculine neuter) a kind of infusion for the head (Komm.: śirobastiprakāra)
Frequency rank 29584/72933
mahāvākya noun (neuter) a principal sentence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any long continuous composition or literary wk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
great proposition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of 12 sacred utterances of the Upanishads (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an Upanishad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38155/72933